Home

6426345 EN.book - Sirona Support

Contents

1. 2 Measure distances B1 B2and B3 between the tube assembly housing and measuring point M on the constancy test phantom positions 1 2 and 3 using the steel tape measure from the service set 3 Then calculate the ideal distance between the tube assembly and measuring point M as follows B1 B2 2 ideal distance 4 Distances B1 B2 and B3 must not deviate more than 2 mm from the calculated ideal distance With deviations exceeding 2 mm the unit must be adjusted mechanically via the position of the ring motor gt 169 64 26 345 D3437 154 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu IMPORTANT After every calibration of the unit the reference values for the constancy measurement must be recalculated and entered in the Test results form Reference value column Diaphragm image lar aor Radiation field Dose measurement Sensor Iris Shading Distortion Geometry 4 Backup Image acquisition Calibration data Diaphragm open _ OK z Kiapnragm Unperiay COK adjustment eA e OK i Evaluate the Sirona Next Qu
2. 18 Prior to each exposure the hygienic protective sleeves single use devices must be fitted Single use devices are identified with the symbol shown on the left They must be disposed of immediately after use Do not use single use devices more than once Installation versions The unit can be equipped with e a1 3 m coiled cable with release button inside the treatment room A Or e aremote control with or without coiled cable B C located outside the X ray room see also installation instructions 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 2 Hardware Modules and components Remote control gt 21 D FACESCAN gt 22 optional 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 19 3 Unit description Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 2 Hardware Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Slide Boards DX1 Open loop closed loop control in general DX11 Controller board DX6 A Open loop closed loop tube assembly GALILEOS Comfort Compact DX6 B Open loop closed loop tube assembly GALILEOS ComfortPLUS DX7 Easy
3. Multipad Example You want to run service routine S017 6 to save the selected option Remote control enabled The LED above Memory key C lights up 1 Press Memory key C The LED above the R key lights up 2 Press R key D The selected setting is saved to non volatile memory 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 189 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Exiting the test step and service routine Easypad Touch the Service key A or the double arrow key B to go back to the menu for selecting service routines Touch the double arrow key B in the service menu to go back to the main menu Exception Service routine S017 In service menu S017 touch the Service key A to go to the next test step in the service routine Multipad Press the Service key A or the up arrow key above selection field 3 B to go back to the menu for selecting service routines In the service menu touch the up arrow key above selection field 3 B to go back to the main menu Exception Service routine S017 In service menu S017 press the Service key A to go to the next test step in the service routine 64 26 345 D3437 190 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual
4. Is the leakage current OK Check cable shields and cables for visual damage Are the cable shields and cables OK Replace the tube assembly Correct the cable shields or replace the defective cable Replace board DX32 Checking the cables NOTICE You can use a Standard Cat5 cable as a test cable for L8 up to unit serial number 3201 L10 L12 L40 and L37 This cable must not be permanently installed IMPORTANT Most cables have the same plug at both ends and are connected 1 1 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 133 Clean the plug If defective correct the plug replace cable if necessary Is the cable connection of the cable OK Yes For shielded cables Temporarily connect the Correct the shield replace cable if necessary Is the shield support of the cable OK replacement cable if available Yes and check unit function Assign fault to module Does the unit work and replace component Yes Replace the cable 64 26 345 D3437 134 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Error analysis of X RAY control signal path Error and help messages with remote control installed E3 42 31 E3 13 40 occur in combination after the unit is switched on with the door contact closed Switch the unit off and then on again Ensure that release button A2 is not activated while Was the release button A2 activated whil
5. Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Fabrkstr 31 D 54625 Bensheim Germany Manufactured in Bensheim Ventilation slots Never cover the ventilation slots on the unit under any circumstances since this may obstruct air circulation This can cause the unit to overheat Qualifications of service personnel Installation and startup may be carried out only by personnel specifically authorized by Sirona Radiation protection The valid radiation protection regulations and measures must be observed The statutory radiation protection equipment must be used During an exposure the service engineer should move as far away from the X ray tube assembly as the coiled cable of the manual release permits With the exception of the service engineer no other persons are allowed to stay in the room during an exposure In case of malfunctions cancel the exposure immediately by letting go of the exposure release button Safety checks After implementing repair work protective conductors and device leakage current checks must be carried out see the sections on Checking protective conductor and Checking device leakage current 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 15 3 Unit description Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 1 Unit classes and versions Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Unit description Unit classes and versions GALILEOS unit Bo Control panel FaceScan optional 64 26 345 D3437 16 D3437 076
6. 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 185 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 2 Confirm security access by once again selecting the number of the main routine 2 in the example with the arrow keys in selection field 2 C and press the Service key B to confirm your selection 64 26 345 D3437 186 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu Following this double selection and confirmation via the Service key the service routine is activated 6OKV 8mA 2 Select parameters Easypad touchscreen If arrow keys are displayed in the selection fields once the required service routine has been selected you can use these arrow keys to choose between different parameters Example You want to run service routine S017 6 to activate the remote control JS Once you have selected service routine S017 6 the code 00 is pre selected for the Remote control disabled option 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 187 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEO
7. Repeat the configuration process 9 IMPORTANT Remove the FaceScan USB stick from the USB socket Perform a restart of the device The FaceScan configuration is complete Checking the configuration 1 Insert the FaceScan USB stick into a PC 2 With a text editor program open the log file facescan_settings log 3 Check the entries in the log file If the configuration has been successful the log file should state Network configuration successful 4 Remove the USB stick from the PC Closing FaceScan 1 Pull cable L78 L74 from the X2 socket of the FACESCAN modular board 2 Screw the protective plate T onto the FaceScan unit 3 Plug cable L78 L74 into the X2 socket on the FACESCAN modular board 67 4 General operating procedures Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 3 Configuring the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 Screw down the cover A onto the FaceScan Syntax of the configuration file facescan_settings cfg MPORTANT Pay attention to the syntax Text entries should never have a space before and after Examples Correct USB_STICK_MODE CONFIG Incorrect USB_STICK_MODE CONFIG Configuration without DHCP Text entry factory setting USB STI CK_MODE CONFIG DHC P S TATE OFF IP 192 168 16 240 Netmask 255 255 255 0 IMPORTANT Changes to network addresses gt Adjustthe entries P IP address and Netmask subnet mask as required C
8. connecting a measuring instrument or carrying out continuity checks NOTICE Risk of damage to boards Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling printed circuit boards ESD Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards NOTICE Risk of damage to tube assembly Keep to the prescribed cool off periods if several exposures have to be taken to check a measured value IMPORTANT Select the correct current voltage type and adjust the measuring range to match the expected readings Calibrating the unit Unit calibration is described in detail in the chapter entitled Adjusting and calibrating the unit gt 145 331 Checking the height adjustment Check the threaded rod and motor for gt Perform a visual inspection of height adjustment motor A and abrasion spindle B for abrasion If significant abrasion is present Replace the height adjustment motor including spindle gt 250 Check whether the height adjustment gt Use the Up Down keys on the control panel to move the unit up and produces atypical running noises down through its entire adjustment range If the mechanics of the height adjustment is defective a speed dependent hammering noise may occur which points to bearing damage at the height adjustment motor If a hammering noise occurs Replace the height adjustment motor including spindle gt 250 Check whether precise jolt free heigh
9. 1 Unscrew the securing screws E 2 Unscrew the six screws D and detach the scan unit from the X ray detector brackets to the rear Attaching new scan unit Pranarinn far fittinn NOTICE Risk of damage Mechanical stress can cause damage to the scanning unit gt For transporting and aligning the scan unit hold on to the transport lock B only 1 Remove the bag X with the USB stick from the scanning unit NOTICE Important data on the USB stick The USB stick contains important data for starting up FaceScan gt Store the USB stick in a safe place gt Do not delete any data from the USB stick gt Do not copy any external data to the USB stick 2 Loosen one wing nut A of the transport lock B 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 287 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 9 FaceScan Attaching the scan unit 288 Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS NOTICE IMPORTANT Risk of damage When hanging the scan unit the housing of the X ray detector can get scratched gt Hang the scan unit carefully on the X ray detector 1 Hang the scan unit from behind in the inlets of the X ray detector 2 Attach the scan unit loosely with 6 screws D do not screw tightly 3 Mount the installation aid C from below on both sides onto the first cooling vent H of the face scan unit 4 Insert the fastening element F into the installation aid C 5 Tu
10. 64 26 345 D3437 100 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 seo E3 13 40 Release signal applied during Restart the unit ER _ Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 135 Check the X ray signal path E3 13 41 Release signal not applied on DX11 Check signal path for interruption according to wiring diagrams replace component if necessary Run service routine S017 6 to deactivate S remote control Connect release button directly to board DX41 instead of using cable L17 and check for proper functioning e Check release button If the release button is functioning gt 133 e Check cable L17 replace if necessary S gt 324 Error code Actions required see E6 13 42 The hardware signal for radiation e Check the X ray signal path S gt 135 release is applied on board DX1 during unit operation although no actuated X ray release button is being reported via the CAN bus E5 13 43 The door was opened during the Check the X ray signal path S gt 135 exposure E51344 Swivel arm was opened during the CAPOSUIe e Check light barrier V1_2 replace if S gt 132 necessary S gt 302 e Check cable L29 replace if necessary S gt 133 S gt 324 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 101 E5 13 73 Malfunction of height adjustment e Acknowledge error during operation e
11. 4 i j Yih A T TT Uini Diah ET j A fn Ah t Ps Ma s jini X400 X103 X302 X104 Board DX7 This board is only used in the GALILEOS Comfort and the GALILEOS ComfortPLYS not in the GALILEOS Compact The board is not available as a spare part or a repair part The Easypad can only be ordered as a complete unit 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 30 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 Unit description 3 2 Hardware DX7 A102 _ ieee A105 Board DX71 This board is only used in the GALILEOS Compact not in the GALILEOS Comfort or the GALILEOS Comfort LUS 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 31 3 Unit description Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 2 Hardware Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS DX71 X104 X106 X203 B X X ee 2 es T fl ad ERRIRE X202 i T i a i ha is ja MM X103 X102 64 26 345 D3437 32 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 2 Hardware Board DX89 DX89 X203 X201 X400 Boards in the stand Board DX32 DX32 sy F100 ot a gt r a i ae S BE F101 F102 Ke x100 A Line filter 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03
12. Temporarily install replacement motor and check unit function Yes Replace the moior or fix the plug connections Does the unit work Replace the End motor No Motor is OK Continue troubleshooting according to list of faults chapter Messages 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 131 Checking the light barriers Is the cable connection between light barrier and board OK Yes Isa replacement light barrier available Yes Temporarily install replacement light barrier and check unit function Does the unit work Yes Light barrier is OK Continue troubleshooting according to list of faults chapter Messages Replace light barrier 132 Clean the plug If defective correct the plug or replace defective component Actuate light barrier manually and check signal change on pin 3 of light barrier connector Pin Signal 1 GND 2 3 3Vor5V 3 Signal 4 GND IMPORTANT When inspecting the light barrier check to see whether ambient light can influence its function Are the signals OK Replace light barrier 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 6 Troubleshooting Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 6 6 Device leakage current too high Device leakage current too high Disconnect tube assembly cable L3 from connector X3 on board DX6 and measure the leakage current Yes
13. Select X ray device Service exposure Select X ray component Adjustment calibration Password prompt see section entitled Password protection The Select X ray device and Select X ray component prompts are only displayed if more than one unit has been set up in SIDEXIS XG Password protection The Adjustment calibration menu is password protected For the password enter the first four digits of the current system date PC in reverse order Example On 05 30 2010 the service password is 5003 Service mode When you open the Adjustment calibration menu the unit switches from user mode to the PC service mode logged by the PC In PC service mode the control options that are available on the control panel are determined by SIDEXIS XG and the service routine currently selected General control of the unit by means of the control panel as in the user mode is not possible in this mode Service mode is displayed on the Easypad via the PC service image SERVICE is displayed on the Multipad to indicate that the service mode is active SERVICE is displayed on the Multipad to indicate that the service mode is active 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit 7 1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Menu structure The
14. Unit is not ready for operation Therefore the error can only be displayed on the remote control DX42 E7 07 12 Contact to DX11 interrupted during operation E6 07 20 e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 e Check cable LY replace if necessary Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages Note error message on remote control DX42 and check log memory via extended details S gt 133 S gt 324 e Start the detail query via SiIXABCon a No CAN bus connection DX11 does not start Occurs in the start screen after power on E7 07 21 Error code E3 07 30 Up down keys pressed on power on E3 07 33 Light localizer key pressed during power on E3 07 34 T key pressed during power on E3 07 35 R key pressed during power on E3 07 36 Touchscreen pressed during power on 90 If DX11 responds If DX11 does not respond S gt 324 Check the signal path to DX7 repair or S gt 302 replace cables connectors if S gt 302 necessary Replace board DX1 S gt 265 Replace board DX11 Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages If the error occurs repeatedly Replace user interface with electronics DX7 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 E7 07 40 No valid
15. Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function If the error occurs repeatedly e Run software update S gt 303 e Replace board DX89 se Memory test error during system e Restart the unit SOSEUp Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 303 e Check that the memory modules on board DX89 are firmly fixed replace board DX89 if necessary see Flash memory component does not e Restart the unit respone Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 303 e Replace board DX89 TDI Signal to start synchronized e Check cable L13 replace if necessary S gt 133 readout sequence and to prepare S gt 324 the next exposure pulses not detected during the exposure Check board DX89 replace if necessary S gt 127 S gt 303 e Check board DX1 replace if necessary S gt 127 S gt 303 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 117 E6 89 33 Board DX89 has detected an image Check cable L13 replace if necessary S gt 133 signal at the wrong point of time Sonoma BU S gt 324 Check board DX89 replace if necessary S gt 127 eee a e Check board DX1 replace if necessary S gt 127 E1 89 34 X ray detector voltages inaccurate Check cable L27 DX89 pow
16. Replacing the light barriers The following light barriers can be replaced e Light barrier at ring motor starting position of rotation V1_3 e Light barrier at HA motor height adjustment V1_4 Boards Important notes about replacing boards NOTICE Touching the boards can damage them Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling printed circuit boards ESD Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards Prior to replacing boards You must observe the notes in the chapter This chapter describes all measures required after the replacement of modules or boards provided they were known at the time of publication You will find more up to date information and supplements concerning 64 26 345 D3437 302 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 this subject on the latest GALILEOS XG CD and on the Sirona dealer page on the Internet For this reason you should always check for the latest information on the replacement of modules and performing updates before you start replacing any modules or boards Replacing the boards DX6 X ray tube Never replace these boards at the same time After replacing one of these assembly and DX11 or DX89 and DX11 boards you must first perform the measures specified in the chapter and then restart the unit Only then may you begin replacement of the other module Prior to replacing board DX11 If the old DX11 Is still working Call the Extended Detai
17. Service routine S010 10 is displayed on the control panel 3 Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position 4 Press the release button Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete the preview image is displayed in the exposure window and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure double beep sounds if it has been configured IMPORTANT This process takes approx 2 3 minutes The unit transfers the acquired images to the Reconstruction and Control Unit RCU This process can take 2 3 minutes Once the transfer is complete the evaluation of the sensor calibration is displayed in the message window If the information in the message window indicates that calibration is not OK and or not possible keep repeating the procedure starting with Step b until calibration is OK and or possible If you have repeated the procedure three times and still have not attained a positive result please contact the SIRONA Customer Service Center CSC 5 If the calibration is OK or possible click the Save values button The adjustment is saved The iris adjustment is now complete 64 26 345 D3437 164 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu 6 Continue the calibration procedure with the shading calibration gt 165
18. Shading calibration 4 3D Adjustment calibration Diaphragm Radiation field Dose measurement Sensor Iris Distortion Geometry 4 Backup Calibration data Shading calibration Follawme a Sironaly S The Adjustment calibration menu is called gt 147 1 Inthe structure tree under 3D Aqgjustment calibration click on the Shading element S010 11 S010 15 The Shading menu is displayed in the action area 2 Click the mage acquisition button SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151 Service routine 8010 11 or S010 15 extended shading calibration is displayed on the control panel 3 Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position 4 Press the release button Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete the preview image is displayed in the exposure window and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure double beep sounds if it has been configured The shading exposure and the evaluation of the shading calibration is displayed If the information in the message window indicates that calibration is not OK and or not possible keep repeating the procedure starting with Step b until calibration is OK and or possible If you have repeated the procedure three times and still have not attained a positive result please contact the SIRONA Customer Service Center CSC
19. Switch unit on Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 E6 06 13 Error when writing to e Acknowledge error and repeat EEPROM procedure Stored data may be lost If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 268 e Replace the tube assembly E2 06 20 Overtemperature of single tank e Wait until the X ray tube assembly has power pack cooled down e Check fan function by running service S gt 193 routine S005 4 replace fan if S gt 277 necessary e Check temperature sensor in single S gt 193 tank by running service routine S005 5 S gt 268 replace tube assembly if necessary E6 06 21 Hardware signal of release button Check cable L5 optical fiber replace S gt 133 E6 06 22 Broken temperature sensor e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 64 26 345 D3437 84 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 seo E3 06 23 Hardware signal of release button Check cable L5 apple quand Power en _ Switch off the unit Pull cable L5 off tube assembly Switch unit on Perform optical check of L5 EE If light is visible S gt 302 e Replace board DX1 If no light is visible S gt 268 e Replace the tube assembly E5 06 30 Total radiation time exceeded If a CAN bus error had been reported before e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 e Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug
20. Tip The ferrite core and cable shielding can remain on the cover plate 2 Detach cables L5 L6 and L15 from the rubber grommets and pull the cables off of sockets J103 L5 J100 J101 L6 and J104 L15 on board DX6 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 211 F 3 Loosen the two rear screws C on the tube assembly 4 CAUTION The tube assembly is heavy Hold the tube assembly firmly in place loosen the two front screws D 3 4 turns and remove the tube assembly toward the front Moving the cover plate 1 Loosen the four screws E and remove the cover plate F from the old X ray tube assembly 2 Install the cover plate on the new X ray tube assembly 64 26 345 D3437 21 2 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 6 X ray tube unit Installing the new tube assembly 1 Hang the new tube assembly on the two front screws D of the rotating unit and tighten them securely 2 Insert the two rear screws C and tighten them firmly 3 Plug cables L3 L5 L6 and L15 as well as the ground cable back onto board DX6 and reattach the cables to the rubber grommets 4 Reattach the cover plate Installing the diaphragm unit gt To install the diaphragm follow the procedure for removing it in reverse order Attaching the covers gt Reattach the covers gt NOTICE Do not force on the adjusting knob Make sure the locking
21. e Side cutting pliers 11 1 About this Service Manual Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 1 4 Structure of the document Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS e Spirit level e Digital Multimeter Accuracy Class 1 e Mult O Meter 512L e Soldering tool for repairing cables e Cable ties e Teflon tape Loctite Structure of the document Identification of the danger levels To prevent personal injury and material damage please observe the warning and safety instructions provided in this document which are highlighted as follows DANGER Imminent danger that could result in serious bodily injury or death Potentially dangerous situation that could result in serious bodily injury or death Potentially dangerous situation that could result in slight bodily injury NOTICE Potentially harmful situation which could lead to damage of the product or an object in its environment IMPORTANT Instructions for use and other important information Tip Information for simplifying work Formats and symbols used The formats and symbols used in this document have the following meaning 64 26 345 D3437 12 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 1 About this Service Manual Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 1 4 Structure of the document Jv Prerequisite Requests you to do something 1 First action step 2 Second action step or gt Alternative action Result See For
22. gt 47 Even if you are using a DX11 that already has the same software version as the overall system the software must still be updated to this version again so that an administrative entry can be made in the memory of the DX11 Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The error message E6 15 05 undefined system serial number is displayed The message No Key is displayed on the Easypad Acknowledge the error message with the R key Call the service menu gt 180 Call service routine S008 3 gt 204 Enter the unit serial number found on the nameplate of the unit gt 204 IMPORTANT Any serial number which is unknown to the unit will not be accepted by the unit The serial number entered must be identical to the number on the nameplate of the unit If an inadmissible serial number is entered the input will not be accepted and the serial number can be entered again Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on In systems that already run with a system software version V03 03 01 or higher please check whether there is a XML file in the PDATA P2K_Config with the network name of the system This file contains important information about the previous unit configuration The error message E1 11 20 invalid unit calibration is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Call the service menu gt 180 Call service rout
23. 1 Oe Ol 10 11 12 13 Switch the unit on The error message E6 15 05 undefined unit serial number is displayed The message No Key is displayed on the Multipad Press the R key to acknowledge the error message Depending on the tube assembly history the error message E7 11 15 incorrect collimator configuration may be displayed Press the R key to acknowledge the error message The error message E6 15 04 undefined activation data is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Call the service menu gt 180 Call service routine S008 3 gt 204 Enter the unit serial number found on the nameplate of the unit gt 204 IMPORTANT Any serial number which is unknown to the unit will not be accepted by the unit The serial number entered must be identical to the number on the nameplate of the unit If an inadmissible serial number is entered the input will not be accepted and the serial number can be entered again Call service routine S017 25 and configure the installed diaphragm type Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The message No Key should no longer appear The error message E1 11 20 invalid unit calibration is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Perform a complete unit calibration gt 145 After a successful unit calibration has been performed the error message should no longer appear Call up the Extended
24. 188 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 S017 Test step 4 Select a language o gish OOO O o Resin ooo o Ponges woo meeer mooo i oen oo o apes o 13 Chinese Tawan Factory setting varies by order 1 Call service routine S017 4 gt 182 1 2 3 4 5 10 11 12 13 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 221 222 Once the service routine has been selected the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1 2 Use the arrow keys A to select the code for the required language in selection field 1 See table Once the language has been selected the Memory key B lights up 3 Save the setting gt 188 IMPORTANT If the selected language is not in the installed language set S017 Test step 5 gt 222 English is set by default 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 S017 Test step 5 Select a language set IMPORTANT A software update must be performed gt 47 every time the language set changes in order to install the corresponding languages in the system 1 oO German English French Italian 01 German English French Dutch German English Spanish Russian German English Korean Japanese German English Spanish Portuguese German English Chinese PRC Chinese Taiwan Factory setting varies by order 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via
25. 3 S W 4 5 The Distortion menu is displayed in the action area the distortion phantom onto the X ray detector cover gt 152 Click the mage acquisition button SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151 Service routine S010 12 is displayed on the control panel Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position Press the release button Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete the preview image is displayed in the exposure window and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure double beep sounds if it has been configured IMP gt ORTANT This process takes approx 2 3 minutes The unit transfers the acquired images to the Reconstruction and Control Unit RCU This process can take 2 3 minutes Once the transfer is complete the evaluation of the distortion calibration is displayed in the message window If the information in the message window indicates that calibration was not successful check the calibration phantom to make sure that it is not damaged If the phantom checks out OK all balls are present and correctly positioned repeat the procedure starting with point d as often as required until the calibration is OK If you have repeated the procedure three times and still have not attained a positive result please contact the SIRONA Customer Service Center CSC 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Sy
26. 6 Install the new fan the cover plates and the tube assembly following the dismantling procedure in reverse order 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 2 8 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 8 X ray detector What has to be done after replacing the fan Replacing the fan on tube assembly 1 0 gt Check the function of the fan using service routine S005 4 gt 193 Replacing the fan on tube assembly 2 0 Check the function of the fan using service routine S005 4 gt 193 1 2 Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration gt 145 1 Check the function of the fan using service routine S005 4 gt 193 2 Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration gt 145 X ray detector Replace X ray detector MPORTANT For FaceScan units The FaceScan must be removed gt 285 from units with FaceScan fitted before the X ray detector can be replaced Removing the covers gt Remove the x ray detector cover Remove cable AN 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 2 9 1 CAUTION Risk of injury The cover plate may have sharp edges Carefully pull cover plate A upwards to remove it from the X ray detector 2 Loosen the screws B and C as well as clamps D and E 3 Remove cable L13 from connector X201 F on board DX89 4 NOTICE Make sure that the grounding cable does not slip into the ri
27. 64 26 345 D3437 36 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 3 2 Hardware GALILEOS Compact Comfort Profile covers top and bottom Intermediate piece Tube assembly cover rear Tube assembly cover Cover for ring center in units without head fixation device 37 7 Chassis X ray tube assembly Detector 38 Acquisition unit for head fixation device in units with head fixation device X ray detector cover Technical data GALILEOS Compact GALILEOS Comfort Model designation Nominal voltage Permissible fluctuation Permissible drop under load Rated current Nominal power output Current time product Nominal frequency Internal line impedance Main building fuse Power consumption Focal spot size acc to IEC 60336 measured in the central X ray beam kV mA Pulsed mode Total filtration of X ray tube assembly Integrated filter Cone beam angle High voltage generation frequency Type Active input window size Camera GALILEOS Compact Comfort 200 V 240 V 10 10 6A 0 6 kW at 85 kV 7 mA 42 mAs 50 Hz 60 Hz max 0 8 ohms 25 A slow blow 16 A for single line 0 9 kVA 0 5 85 kV 5mA 7 mA 10 ms 30 ms gt 2 5 Al 90 IEC 60522 0 4 mm Cu collimated to approx 24 80 kHz 100 kHz Image intensifier I T
28. 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 6 Troubleshooting Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 6 9 Fault diagnosis of the X ray detector and on board DX89 LED off FPGA on DX89 has not started properly Action e Format flash file system via service routine S009 4 gt 205 e Run software update gt 47 e If this step does not lead to the desired result board DX89 must be replaced gt 306 If all LEDs light up after the power up phase this leads to conclusions concerning a defect on board DX89 See the procedure outlined above for troubleshooting PLL_CCD NOTICE The unit must be switched off before disconnecting any plugs or cables LED on There is a connection to the CCD sensor in the camera head LED off There is no connection to the CCD sensor in the camera head Action e Check the plug connections and connection cables between board DX89 and the x ray detector if necessary replace cable L28 or the x ray detector NOTE In x ray detectors with a serial number 25000 cable L28 cannot be replaced If all LEDs light up after the power up phase this indicates that there is a defective FPGA on board DX839 For troubleshooting see the action under LED OFF for PLL_FPGA Gettering LED on Gettering is o k LED flashing after a waiting Gettering is not o k period of 12 minutes Action e Replace the X ray detector gt 279 The free ions are
29. IMPORTANT No foreign bodies may be visible on the shading exposure If this is the case check the beam path for foreign bodies remove them if necessary and repeat the calibration 5 If the calibration is OK or possible click the Save values button The calibration is saved The shading calibration is now complete 6 Continue the calibration procedure with the distortion calibration gt 166 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 165 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu 166 Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Distortion calibration IMPORTANT With GALILEOS Comfort LUS With GALILEOS Comfort the distortion phantom delivered with the device must be used Distortion phantoms with a serial number lt 3001 may not be used for the calibration of GALILEOS ComfortPLUS A 4 we A 4 3D Adjustment calibration Diaphragm MR Dose measurement Sensor Ir c 4 Backup Calibration data Shading Distorho adiation field is eometry Dictoraon E E calibration Image acquisition z E Follawing ea ETE Next Quit S The Adjustment calibration menu is called gt 147 In the structure tree under 3D Adjustmentcalibration click on the Distortion element S010 12 1 2 Clip
30. If the edge is out of tolerance B the diaphragm must be adjusted mechanically gt 171 aa g 5 Ifthe exposure is OK A confirm this by clicking the check box located to the right of the Lower jaw button The box will appear checked Diaphragm adjustment is now complete 6 Continue the calibration procedure with the radiation field check gt 161 Checking the radiation field IMPORTANT The illumination must be checked once the collimator has been adjusted 4 3D Adjustment calibration Diaphragm Dose measurement Sensor Iris Shading Distortion Geometry 4 Backup Calibration data Radiation field position correct Image acquisition S The Adjustment calibration menu is called gt 147 1 Clip the distortion phantom onto the X ray detector cover gt 152 2 Inthe structure tree under 3D Agjustment calibration click on the Radiation field element S002 6 The Radiation field menu is displayed in the action area 3 Click the mage acquisition button SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151 Service routine S002 6 is displayed on the control panel 4 Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position 5 Press the release button Hold down the release button and observe the distortion phantom The lighting strips on the distortion phantom A must not light up If the strips on the phantom light u
31. If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 133 Check cable L27 L28 replace if S gt 324 necessary S gt 127 S gt 303 S gt 279 Check board DX89 replace if necessary Check x ray detector replace if necessary As of X ray detector serial number 5000 cable L28 can no longer be replaced individually E6 89 03 Invalid commanding or control data Check the CAN bus This error may also occur in e Please contact the Sirona Customer connection with other causal error Service Center CSC to find out whether messages Please also observe the a bug fix by means of a software update is causal error message It appears possible and perform such an update if only after you acknowledge the first necessary error message 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 113 E6 89 04 Data transfer error or dialog error to Check the CAN bus module master side e Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E6 89 05 Data transfer error or dialog error to Repeat the software update S gt 47 POPL GACER OMONE e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 Only occurs in connection with software update e Check x ray detector replace if S gt 279 necessary E6 89 06 Module failed in TTP time trigger Check the CAN bus S gt 121 protocol detected on mast
32. and confirm your input by clicking the OA button The Device configuration menu opens The element Boot service is selected automatically a Dande sonliguralion E Boot senke Pimace ceatch on the Bray component to be configured if it a siresdy paiched on Men hrat ranch it BH and back on Meme Ethem t address IF address Susel muh Sedan atram Sirgna Conte Server PODWEGE Sirona Boot service IMPORTANT Automatic addition and setup of the X ray component via the boot service functions properly only if the unit is started with the default factory set IP address lf the IP address already has been changed reset it to the factory setting via service routine S037 2 gt 239 or use the elements Automatic search or Add component manually see section on Alternatives to the boot service S The element Boot service is selected in the structure tree 1 Switch the unit on The unit is detected in the network and the values for the IP address subnet mask and standard gateway are automatically imported to the input fields of the menu MPORTANT If the unit is not automatically detected in the network it is possible to manually assign a static IP address via service routine S037 4 gt 243 64 26 345 D3437 60 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 General operating procedures Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 3 Configuring the
33. displayed 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Case F 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Press the R key to acknowledge the error message The error message E7 11 15 incorrect collimator configuration is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Call the service menu gt 180 Call the service routine S008 3 check the serial number and confirm this if necessary gt 204 The unit serial number is located on the nameplate of the unit NOTICE If the serial number is incorrect exit the update process and contact the Sirona Customer Service Center Call service routine 8017 25 and configure the installed diaphragm type Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The message No Key should no longer appear Install the current version of the SIDEXIS XG software V2 5 6 or higher If the current version of SIDEXIS XG is a patch version the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version Update the software to version V04 12 00 or higher via automatic update gt 47 The error message E1 11 20 invalid unit calibration is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Perform a complete unit calibration gt 145 After a successful unit calibration has been performed the error message s
34. e Diaphragm e Radiation field e Dose measurement e Sensor e ris e Shading e Distortion e Geometry In addition to the elements required for adjustment and calibration of the unit described above the structure tree also contains one other element Backup e Calibration data Validity of existing adjustment calibration settings The elements of the structure tree used for adjusting calibrating the device are prefixed by symbols indicating the current status of the corresponding adjustment or calibration operation The element for saving calibration data does not contain any symbols Green and Valid data record No adjustment calibration checked adjustment calibration is in required progress Yellow Data record available Data record must be saved but not yet saved Red Invalid data record or no Adjustment calibration record present required Working with the structure tree You can navigate between the elements of the structure tree by clicking on them with the mouse NOTICE You must follow the prescribed sequence in order to obtain a valid adjustment or calibration Click with the mouse on the small triangles in front of the elements to collapse and expand the structure tree Preview image The Diaphragm and Shading submenus each contain a preview image that symbolizes the exposure to be taken during the calibration step Due to the varying geometry of the GALILEOS Comfort Comfort Plus and the GALIL
35. function of the adjusting knob works properly when setting the button in place Set the adjusting knob in place with the silicone ring 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 2 3 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 6 X ray tube unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 6 3 Cables and connectors for replacement of the X ray tube assembly 64 26 345 D3437 214 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 DX6 GALILEOS Compact GALILEOS Comfort mA e r Wa irib ilag F a wE r A ia arafaf iiei O Te e e FS ao a ca t Bah aed Aut a DX6 GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Sean 1 poa l 2 5 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 6 X ray tube unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Cable L5 gt Socket J6 J103 on board DX6 Cable L6 gt Socket J2 J100 or J3 J101 on board DX6 Ground cable gt Connector X304 GALILEOS Compact or GALILEOS Comfort or X103 GALILEOS Comfort L S on board DX6 Cable L3 gt Connector X3 on board DX6 Laying cables correctly on the cover plate e Cable L15 gt Socket J5 J104 on board DX6 Cable routed on left side of tube assembly 2x L21 and L20 Cable L12 routed on right side of tube assembly What has to be done after replacing the X ray tube assembly IMPORTANT Since board DX6 is also replaced with the tube assembly you MUST also follow the instructions
36. mo pon Soo o o C C T mo powe oOo mooo po S lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit lit it 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 6 Troubleshooting Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 6 3 Checking the boards Checking board DX32 Perform visual inspection of board DX32 Is the board visually damaged ues Replace board DX32 No Are the LEDs V111 and V112 illuminated on board DX32 Measure voltages on DX1 AA107 AA108 28 V 10 AA109 AA108 40 V 10 Are the voltage levels OK and the LEDs V100 and V101 illuminated on board DX1 Board DX32 Is OK 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 129 Check cable L4 No Replace cable L4 End Check fuses on board DX32 e Switch off the unit and wait 7 minutes because of discharge e Check fuses F100 and F103 Did the automatic fuses trip only up to unit serial number 3199 and replace if necessary e Switch on the unit and check its function Yes Press on the automatic fuses and check unit function Replace board DX32 Does the unit work Yes Fault has been removed 64 26 345 D3437 130 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Checking the motors Perform visual inspection of motor Is the motor visually damaged Are the plug connections defective or non existent
37. 02 02 04 2013 33 3 Unit description Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 2 Hardware Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Board in the remote control Board DX42 This board is not available as a spare part or a repair part DX42 V101 X105 X109 X110 X200 V103 m X201 X101 V100 X107 FaceScan boards FACESCAN modular board This modular board is not available as a spare part or a repair part FaceScan can only be ordered as a complete unit 64 26 345 D3437 34 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 2 Hardware FACESCAN 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 35 3 Unit description Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 2 Hardware Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS PoE power supply board Tn iT QO 00010010 08 NNO VADNO ON IA IID 5 Covers When removing covers always remember that direct sunlight or bright room lighting can cause system malfunctions due to activated light barriers Therefore avoid direct sunlight and bright room lighting above the unit Reattach all covers When attaching the covers be sure to screw the sheet metal cover back on IMPORTANT For reasons of electromagnetic compatibility be sure to fasten all screws eae MPORTANT The covers of your unit may differ slightly from those shown in the following illustration depending on the unit class unit serial number
38. 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 2 Hardware Control panels The Comfort Comfort S and Compact unit classes differ by the GALILEOS Comfort PLUS equipment of the control panel B While the GALILEOS Comfort class A features a control panel with a color touchscreen Easypad the Compact GALILEOS Comfort class is equipped with a simpler control panel with a single line display Multipad Due to their different control panels the operating procedures for these two system classes also vary Hardware Information on the unit The following symbols are applied to the unit Accompanying documents This symbol is affixed next to the unit rating plate Meaning When operating the unit observe the operating instructions This symbol is affixed on the unit rating plate Meaning The accompanying documents are available on the homepage of Sirona Electrostatic discharge ESD Connector pins or sockets bearing ESD warning labels must not be touched or interconnected without ESD protective measures See also Electrostatic Discharge and Electromagnetic Compatibility gt 14 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 17 3 Unit description 3 2 Hardware Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Identification of single use devices
39. 1 Call service routine S011 9 gt 182 Selection field 1 displays the kVmA level and selection field 2 displays the maximum radiation time The kVmA level and the maximum radiation time are preset and 85KV FMA cannot be changed GALILEOS Compact and GALILEOS Comfort 85 kV 7 mA 4 0 4 0s S GALILEOS Comfort tYS 98 kV 6 mA 4 0 s A X RAY 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 211 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 9 S011 Dosimetry without ring movement Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 2 Initiate the radiation The maximum set radiation time has elapsed IMPORTANT If you let go of the release button before the maximum radiation time has elapsed radiation is terminated prematurely and the exposure is interrupted The actual radiation time is not displayed If you release radiation during the cool down interval a countdown of the remaining waiting time is displayed in the header of the Easypad or in selection field 2 on the Multipad automatic exposure blocking 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 S011 Test step 12 Dosimetry with pulsed radiation 1 Call service routine 8011 12 gt 182 A Selection field 1 displays the kVmA level A X RAY eS GALILEOS Compact and GALILEOS Comfort 85 kV 42 mAs GALILEOS ComfortPL S 98 kv 12 mAs B5kV 42mAs 2 Initiate the radiation Radiation uses 200 pulses and 85 kV 42 mAs
40. 4 What has to be done after replacing the ring motor M1_3 pinion Rotary knob On the swivel arm cc cece ceccceeeceeeceeeceeeeeeeteeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaes 9 4 1 Replacing the rotary knob ies e2 cscs estado tent asian ved Yas cenctoateoeed ee SOMO AIS Mesto iacesi dio oe ee ceria a a 9 5 1 Replacing Easypad or Multipad user interface cccccceeeeeeeeees 9 5 1 1 What has to be done after replacing the user interface 9 5 2 Laying of cables when replacing the user interface 00008 X TAV TUDE UNI scenester ia ENEE A a weaned ned eedicnln ten su Succ ENA E EEN 9 6 1 Replacing the X ray tube assembly GALILEOS Compact GALILEOS Comfort 9 6 2 Replacing the X ray tube assembly GALILEOS Comfort PLUS 9 6 3 Cables and connectors for replacement of the X ray tube assembly 9 6 4 What has to be done after replacing the X ray tube assembly Fan X ray tube ASSEMDIY rossins aeti ea EE RENS 9T Replacno the Tan sneen a 9 7 2 What has to be done after replacing the fan ccccceeceeeeeee eens Aray CIO CON eg ice sas ttatelnt acne e nen eshte anak 9 8 1 Replace X ray detector cccccccscccseecseeceeeceeeceeesaeesaeesaeeseseseeenaees 9 8 2 What has to be done after replacing the X ray detector D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 261 261 262 263 264 264 264 265 265 266 267 268 268 270 274 2 6 2 7 2 7 219 279 2
41. 58 432 CONTIGUIIAG FACCSCAN resi cca ence reeds erence ede 66 4 3 2 1 Type 1 Configuration using the Facescan USB stick 0 66 4 3 2 2 Type 2 Configuration over a network cable peer to peer 68 4 3 2 3 Resetting the FaceScan configuration to factory default settings 69 4 4 FRE AGING UMPC Ala acsrzecvessecetesedraageeiwnrennaaacteesedzaqeataincraasaceriat senaanvad wetwenaetes 70 4 4 1 Reading the unit data of the GALILEOS via Extended Details 70 4 4 2 Reading FaceScan unit data over the network cccccceeeeeeeeeees 72 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 4 5 Using demo mode operation without radiation release ccccccece ees 4 521 Switching OM GEMO MOG veesnseecccet rece a opted als Slee caush cic eneceet ne aae 4 5 2 Switching off demo mode cccceccceeeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesaeeeseeeas 4 5 3 Important information for repacking and transport cccceeeee eee NS SA CS asses ee eects eee eee ste cae ete eee 5 1 Hel mMmESSagJeS oarra E e E ee eeoe 52 System MESSAGES stespreisturdp vewnsie ce tacuvbesucauenedanneectsevel DENAN E EANES 5 3 Status messages and ISPlAYS ccc ccccceecceecceeeeceeeseeeessuseseeeeseeeseneesaees 94 Eror messages ssciccace tn cco osnctcana tnd caiteauedediidueset paste e e bene Eaa iarrai 94 1 Error code EX VY Z meressa 6 A Ga wal 9 6 E E oe
42. 9 12 2 SReCDIAGING board DX32 seset ansao r aA E uue ANa 305 912 24Replace board DXS 9 enana a a a 306 9 12 3 Measures following replacement of DOards ccccceceeeeeeeeeeae ees 306 9 12 3 1After changing the DX11 DOAMId ec cceccccececseeeeeeeeaeeeeseeseeeeanees 310 9 12 3 2Replacing the tube assembly including board DXG6 ccee 316 G2 6 RR nen ener een te Cem OF OEE NCE INE SCN Tt tte ne CONTE mn eee CE arene ee 320 9 13 1 Replacing energy chain 1 completely ccc cccceecceeeseeeeeeeeeeeaees 320 9 13 2 Replacing Gables sesanan alive odes metre deesoa tenses yode eke 324 9 13 2 1Replacing fiber optic cable L5 L6 or L159 ee eeeceeee seen eeeeeees 324 9 13 2 2Cable replacement L3 L5 L6 and L15 Laying the cable 325 corrugated tube at the rotation unit 9 13 2 3Replacing cable L7 L117 or L108 in cable track 2 eee 327 9 13 2 4Replacing cable L1 or grounding strap in cable track 1 330 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 10 11 12 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 WieAlIMG QING Cer cas cceie sce sccznceisnedac ue susenesceseden nes cebasuceesacnansasaiacsaceesuseae egies naceasd oscar teas 331 Os GaliphatinG tine Umit 422i c eect acca a a a E a 331 10 2 Checking the height adjUStMent ccc eeccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeseeesaaeees 332 10 3 Checking the ca
43. A in case the FaceScan unit has to be returned for repairs these stay with the customer Connecting scan unit electrically 290 NOTICE Risk of damage Incorrect plug in directions and routing can damage the face scan unit gt Please make sure of the correct plug in direction and the correct routing 1 Loosen the two screws S 2 Remove the protective plate T The FACESCAN modular board is open I c M L78 CI FSB1 ag 3 Read the MAC address on the FACESCAN modular board at position X and note this down 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 9 FaceScan 4 Plug cable L78 CI FSB1 in slot X1 on the FACESCAN modular board 5 Fasten cable L78 CI FSB1 to the side of the chassis with a cable tie U 6 Position the protective plate T 7 Lay cable L78 L74 including the ferrite core on the protective plate as shown 8 Plug cable L78 L74 into slot X2 FACESCAN modular board 9 Fasten cable L78 L74 with the clip Z 10 Fasten cable L78 CI FSB1 with two cable ties Y to cable L78 L74 For network configuration via USB stick 1 Remove cable L78 L74 again from slot X2 2 Remove the protective plate T again 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 291 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 9 FaceScan Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 Inser
44. CAN bus Entry data DeviceError DEV_DX42 Name of module to which the message refers Detailed error bytes for an error 0x10 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 occurrence Entry data SidErr ERR_SOCKET_ERROR Detail of network error for Sirona only Error Sidexis Detail of network error for Sirona only Entry data Stringname Key Act Activation transaction KeyOk KeyOk Activation transaction Entry data Stringsegment 7YFWDUFV E4MMRJBW e g activation or confirmation code for activation transaction 0641 00133 00133 0641 00133 je g counter e g counter ID counter reading counter e g counter ID counter reading Entry data Tried to change to e g Tried to change to RTC Date Time Change YYYY MM DD HH MM SS 2006 Nov 30 11 32 13 Entry data YYYY MM DD HH MM SS 2006 Nov 30 11 32 13 PC Date Time Checking the CAN bus NOTICE Risk of damage to unit The power supply MUST be plugged in and switched on when cables are attached and plugged in For example if no power cable is connected to the DX71 the module has no ground connection to the unit and there is no potential equalization If the CAN cable is plugged in the CAN transceiver IC on the DX71 can be destroyed by the voltage difference In other words when the unit is switched on CAN cables may only be plugged in on modules that are connected to the power source and ground For troubleshooting you can disconnect the CAN bus cable and or plug it ba
45. Checking the protective ground wires Measuring points B and C GNYE power connection and 2nd ground wire Power cable to the unit B Second protective ground wire Unit Measuring points D and E Board cage DX32 and tube assembly housing D Board cage DX32 Tube assembly housing 64 26 345 D3437 342 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 10 Maintenance Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 10 9 Checking the device leakage current Checking the device leakage current DANGER Potentially lethal shock hazard Itis essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least one more 1 minute before beginning the check A high resistance measuring voltage source at line frequency and a measuring circuit compliant with the requirements of IEC 60601 are required Complete test units e g the Bender tester fulfill these requirements Measuring setup for testing the device leakage current 1kOhm 0 015 F 10kOhm Power cable to the unit Voltage source 200 240V 50 Hz 60 Hz Voltmeter 1 Switch the line voltage off at the main switch of the building installation 2 Disconnect the power cable and the second protective ground wire from the building installation 3 Remove the profile cover 4 Check whether the unit power switch is turned on 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 0
46. FI i net cormiected of mat required 0L 12 2001 10 22 a HOEhing to do for oon MLeLb 201 LO 263 moe thing to d for mir M 1Lb 70b 10 77 Hi version descriptor successtully written 13 Restart the unit now 14 Use the software manager or the service routine S008 2 see chapter entitled Unit software versions and compatibility to check whether all modules have been updated to the latest release of the program 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 General operating procedures Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 2 Updating the firmware see chapter entitled Check program releases gt 53 15 Call up Further Details This generates an XML file with the system parameters which is Filed in the PDATA P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit Update mode In Service mode accessible only by entering the Service Password gt 148 the update manager supports two modes for updating the software these can be selected via the elements Automatic and Main version in the structure tree a Sofware upelate Madule Actual version Tanpet version Select inctalivtion poire mm C7 WORSE VIASEE a Automate E voazo we l WO230000 Main wean we DALL VELOSO Module update pa WOR BOUT m 0807 LO WOR 25000 ra pI WO 40S we ol VO2 4408 ra DMEF TOLIR Ta RIN FI vineca we WALT WOLI2 00 we MEL Fl WOs 00 ra RR VOR02 07 wae 0088 FL VOLILOO
47. Name of flat module DX11 37 Code Number 925214 38 Serial Number 329039368 39 Hardware Index o 40 Hardware Revision 2 41 Test Date 2010 Feb 15 42 Test Counter 1 43 Processor Derivate MPC855TZP80D4 44 Previous Software Version 132 45 Previous Software Revision 2 46 Date Last Software Update 2010 Oct 01 47 Current Software Version 148 48 Current Software Revision 39 49 GBPS defined area Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff 50 De SS ee 52 Extended Configuration DX 11 SS SS SS SS 54 DX11 SerialNo 18757644 55 DXiFpgaVersion 3 56 DXiFpgaRevision 4 57 DXiHwVersion 8 58 DXiiMemorySize 134217728 59 DX1i1CpuClock 80020000 60 BspVersion 1 4 2 IX0204 61 8 63 Error Logging Data DX 11 ra 65 66 Timestamp Categorie Message 67 2010 10 12 10 13 33 Message Logbook started 68 2010 10 12 10 13 55 Error E1 11 20 ERR_DX1ii_ INVALID CB CALIBDATA 69 2010 10 12 10 17 22 RTC Date Time change Tried to change to 2010 Oct 12 10 17 22 70 2010 10 12 10 19 57 Message Logbook started 71 2010 10 12 10 20 19 Error E1 11 20 ERR_DXii INVALID CB CALIBDATA 72 2010 10 12 10 21 37 RTC Date Time change Tried to change to 2010 Oct 12 10 18 56 73 2010 10 12 10 40 27 Message Logbook started 74 2010 10 12 10 40 49 Error E1 11 20 ERR_DX11 INVALID CB CALIBDATA 75 2010 10 12 10 41 36 RT
48. On or gt When selecting without DHCP Set the DHCP Siate field to Off 2 Inthe PAdresse field enter the desired IP address factory setting 192 168 16 240 3 Inthe Netmask field enter the desired subnet mask factory setting 255 255 255 0 Completing the configuration gt Confirm the configuration with the Configure Network button The Facescan restarts with the modified settings Resetting the FaceScan configuration to factory default settings Opening the web dialog 1 In SIDEXIS Manager start the Facescan Contiguration application 2 Click on the Facescanner in browser button A password dialog box opens 3 Inthe field User enter service In the field Password enter sirona The Facescan Device Service web dialog opens 69 4 General operating procedures Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 4 Reading unit data sirona Facescan Service Functions Switch Leds On Switch Leds Of Get Device State Enti Show Service L Show Application Log Auto White Balance a Settings Reset Reboot Device AE Context 70 Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Selecting the service dialog gt Inthe menu bar select the menu item SERVICE The Facescan Service Functions window opens Reset 1 Press the Settings Reset button A reset dialog opens Complete loss of user data When the unit is reset to factory settings all u
49. RG VOL So0 m 0085 Fl WOLS800 wae DG GETTA e VOLO Dall WO Too me LL VOLALI Sirona e Automatic The software of all components is automatically updated fo the latest software version The right window displays a list of the modules their installed software version and the latest software version offered by the update 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 51 4 General operating procedures Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 2 Updating the firmware Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Meawhile Actual version Target version Select dvstallation gure m CF ro SB VSG Automat a Wian wersion vod 1200 ma bL VELUDO Moalule update we aL voz J00 07 V2 BOT me ONO LO Woz zai re DAI VOL 4 05 wa O41 VF Ao ma DAHP WO 33 00 wae PALF VOSA L0G we pwal WO23300 we Ade FL WOR MNRDG wae RE VOSS T wa OMB FL WOL3 Lo 08h VOL Soe me 085 FL WOL S800 wae Wa dh Det 0 Veo D1 WO L200 me LL WOLARLOG Stat Sit upeiate etal e Main version The software can be updated or downgraded using this menu This update mode is required among other things if a replacement module arrives from the warehouse and features a newer release than the existing main release of the unit In this case a main version update to the overall unit status displayed on the info screen must be performed for the corresponding component with the appropriate update file SUI The module is then repro
50. The process is completed Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6 10 11 12 New tube assembly GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher Switch the unit on If the software version of the newly installed DX6 does not match the latest main software version Perform a software update to the latest version gt 47 Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The error message E6 11 07 undefined unit class is displayed The message No Key is displayed on the Easypad Press the R key to acknowledge the error message The access level for the service menu level 4 is automatically started Press and hold down the Service key until the patient symbol keys light up approx 2 s Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence b d a within the next 4 seconds After you have entered the key combination correctly the service routine S017 test step 1 select confirm system class is started automatically The Memory key lights up Acknowledge any additional error messages with the R key Confirm the GALILEOS Comfort 03 or GALILEOS Comfort PLUS unit class To do this first press the Memory key R key lights up and then the R key Exit the service routine with the double arrow key Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The error message E6 15 05 undefined system serial number is
51. a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary see E6 06 05 Data transfer error or dialog error to Repeat the software update S gt 47 bootloader of module e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 Only occurs in connection with If the error occurs repeatedly or the module S gt 268 software update is no longer addressable e Replace the tube assembly 64 26 345 D3437 82 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 E6 06 06 Module failed in TTP detected on Check the CAN bus S gt 121 midst ao e Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 This error may also occur in Service Center CSC to find out connection with other causal error whether a bug fix by means of a messages Please also observe the software update is possible and causal error message It appears perform such an update if necessary only after you acknowledge the first error message TTP Time Trigger Protocol see E6 06 07 TTP timeout error detected on slave side e Check power supply of board DX11 The module was temporarily not measuring point 3 3 V on board DX1 addressed by the master see wiring diagrams Undervoltage on the master If 3 3 V present S gt 302 side e Replace board DX11 Procedure error in the software If 3 3 V is not present S gt 302 Master DX11 receives no e Replace board DX1 return commanding from the e Check cable L6 replace if necessary S gt 133 module S gt 324
52. a DX77 from another unit GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Unit software version VO4 12 00 or higher Inserting a new DX77 GALILEOS Compact Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher Inserting a DX77 from another unit GALILEOS Compact Unit software version VO4 12 00 or higher D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 e Switch the unit on e Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration Proceed as described in the chapter Case A Proceed as described in the chapter Case B Proceed as described in the chapter Case C Proceed as described in the chapter Case D Inserting a new DX7 The unit software version must be at least V04 12 00 Please note compatibility restrictions with the SIDEXIS and plug in versions S gt 314 307 Replacing a tube assembly including board DX6 a Replacing a tube assembly including board DX6 assembly including board DX6 Inserting a new X ray tube assembly Proceed as described in the chapter S gt 316 Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6 gt 316 Case E GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher Inserting an X ray tube assembly from Proceed as described in the chapter S gt 317 another unit Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6 gt 316 Case F GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher Inserting a new X ray tube assembly Proceed
53. and L15 Tighten cable ties only as far as the contact and do not apply force NOTICE Risk of damage to boards Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling printed circuit boards ESD Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards IMPORTANT After replacing boards or modules containing boards check to make sure that the software version of the module corresponds to the current software status of the system The software versions of the modules can be queried by running service routine S008 2 or using the extended detail query in SiIXABCon You can also check the info screen in advance to determine whether the current software constellation is permissible If this is not the case the version number of the entire software is labeled with an asterisk e g V03 03 01 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 249 IMPORTANT When replacing modules be sure to note which ones contain boards and follow the instructions in the section titled Measures following replacement of boards Also check whether the current software CD or the SIRONA dealer page contains any additional more up to date information about module replacement Be sure to follow the instructions about how to proceed following module replacement You will find this information at the end of each set of repair instructions Safety checks After implementing repair work protective conductors and dev
54. appear j paks QOLVOLLY 10g bikor a hin Gerben Format Anacht 7 a MGR ort 17 29 7 40 ethernet address 3 Dkn Daik l 11 7011 10 ETE 5 2S OL 1 201 10 15 S neading image data from SIEIS Ql 11 7011 10 15 55 Manele a mamy y Tor a paran opune 20071 530 m i iid a8 16 178 Automae i wpa ate Lo wees ioe ai rh 21h ROE Fri rey to i Tae oa pEr ij AMi TA L pevice ox4l ds noc connected or mor required O1L lt 1i lt 7011 10 H lai woching to Go for ox Noi 11 2001 10 146 18 hathira be or fi OL 11 2001 10 16 18 Rach ing to do for omor Lo t QLl 11 20L1 10 16 L6 prvice Ox7l 15 not connected or nor required O1 11 7M1 i LE la ta thing E 6 Ga tor ong OL 11 2001 10 168 19 ues of oxi pots od even p0 00 ta WHE 53 v02 55 00 Image Comping v2 33 00 RUPP PROC MCSORaT ea Wo 00w13 oo M1 11 HT i i Lhd Update oF p P don OL 12 lt 7001 10 17 1i ipdate of st vod pa v 00 g0 to voi gE v03 0 00 Teage Compimg vii R_OxS1P_ FPGA FPGA v0 P vaa oo 61 14 2001 10 71 15 Update of OMRTP_LF1 dee i 11 01 10 271 59 KWothing te do for ngae OL lt Lb9201 10 21 3 norhing to do for 5 i DL I1 J0LI 10 71 40 Upiate of DxRR VOD airi Krin 00 00 te v7 00 via 00 07 image Campi WG 00 OAR OPAT LPE PIRATEN WO 00 woo 99 1 11 2001 T det t vrata Bi Da dome 11d 21 10 22 thing E 6 d for w8 i e LI F0L1 19 J 37 a vict DRAJ is nog connected or not required M1 11 7001 10 77 i7 B vic OAG
55. as described in the chapter S gt 318 Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6 gt 316 Case G GALILEOS Compact Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher Inserting an X ray tube assembly from Proceed as described in the chapter S gt 319 another unit Replacing the tube assembly including board DX6 gt 316 Case H GALILEOS Compact Unit software version VO4 12 00 or higher 64 26 345 D3437 308 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 DX7 e Inserting a new Easypad incl DX7 Easypad R e Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher DX71 Inserting a new Multipad incl DX77 Multipad Unit software version VO4 12 00 or higher DX32 Inserting a new DX32 Stand Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher DX42 Remote Inserting a new DX42 control GALILEOS Compact GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Unit software version VO4 12 00 or higher DX89 X ray detector Inserting a new DX89 GALILEOS Compact GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Unit software version VO4 12 00 or higher 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Switch the unit on S gt 47 Update the unit software to version V04 12 00 or higher Page e Switch the unit on S gt 47 e Update the unit software to version V04 12 00 or higher After replacing the Easypad the language set on board DX7 is set to the factory default setting 00 German English French Italian If the configured unit language set
56. between measuring pins CAN H and CAN L in each case Has a bus resistance of 60Q been measured for any particular configuration Has a bus resistance of 602 been measured for any particular configuration Yes Replace board DX1 Replace defective cable in the respective signal path 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 123 Check optical CAN bus connection L6 to board DX6 Fault at optical CAN bus connection Can the fault be traced back to this connection Replace optical cable L6 Unstable CAN bus or sporadic interferences Check connection quality of CAN bus with service routine 012 1 Are all modules detected Faulty connection quality Check individual signal paths and connectors Are signal paths and connectors OK Replace corresponding connectors cables or modules 64 26 345 D3437 124 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Checking the CAN bus with the diagnostic function of board DX Board DX1 features a diagnostic function for diagnosing malfunctions of the CAN bus via LEDs V700 and V701 see wiring diagrams The following table indicates the operating status of the CAN bus and the recommended error correction measures Slow flashing Slow flashing CAN bus OK Not required Fast flashing Off CAN error no communication with e Check cabling seca i e no display of error Check CAN jumpers Jumper J positions in the CAN bu
57. between the FaceScanner and POE module e Check POE module and replace if necessary E5 10 10 The FaceScan system is not ready Restart the unit for exposure Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function If the error occurs repeatedly e Please report this event to the Customer Service Center to help us improve the product 64 26 345 D3437 92 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Erorcode Description actors required ise cti J E1 10 20 E1 10 21 E1 10 22 Board DX11 does not have valid data about the X ray detector Board DX11 does not have valid data about board DX89 X ray detector was replaced and must be registered in the system Perform service routine S009 7 copy data S gt 209 from DX89 to board DX11 Perform service routine S009 7 copy data from DX89 to board DX11 Perform service routine S009 7 copy data from DX89 to board DX11 Calibrate the unit E1 10 23 E1 10 24 E1 10 25 E1 10 26 E6 11 01 Board DX89 does not have valid data via the X ray detector The X ray detector has been replaced Board DX89 does not have valid data via the X ray detector This error message should not occur in the application Board DX89 was replaced and must be registered in the system The X ray detector has not been initialized Board DX89 does not have valid data via the X ray detector This error message should not occur in th
58. by the display message FFFF in selection field 1 If the error logging memory does not contain any data 0000 is displayed 64 26 345 D3437 198 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 6 S007 Error logging memory 2 To clear the memory press the Memory key A R key B Easypad or LED above the R key B Multipad lights up followed by the R key B 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 199 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 Perform service routines via the control panel 8 6 S007 Error logging memory 4 Once the memory has been cleared the message 0000 is displayed in selection field 1 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 S007 Test step 5 Enabling CAN bus logging in the web interface NOTICE This service routine may only be called up subject to the approval of and with the support of the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC Selection field Parameters 1 WS CAN bus off Logging off WS CAN bus on Logging on WS CAN bus ex on Extended logging on Factory setting 1 Call service routine S007 5 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 200 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 07
59. digit use arrow keys F in selection field 192 168 015 179 F Py 4 Memory key G Easypad or the LED above Memory key G Multipad lights up 7 Save the setting gt 188 8 Exit the service routine gt 190 9 Perform a restart of the device Digit No 12 64 26 345 D3437 248 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Repair DANGER Perilous shock hazard It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least 1 minute or 4 minutes if disconnecting the tube assembly cable L3 before starting the repair or taking off a cover panel When replacing parts in the vicinity of the power connection power switch board DX32 or X ray tube assembly the unit must be disconnected from the junction box of the main building Make sure to reattach all ground cables to ensure correct grounding of all modules Product safety Modifications to this unit which might affect the safety of the system owner patients or other persons are prohibited by law For reasons of product safety this product may be operated only with original Sirona accessories or third party accessories expressly approved by Sirona The user is responsible for any damage resulting from the use of non approved accessories NOTICE Do not damage the cables Be careful not to kink the cables when removing or installing them Take particular care with fiber optic cables L5 L6 L7
60. done 4 Press the Run Update button The update starts The update ends automatically after around 5 minutes with the message Update successfully done 5 Press the Reboot button The message Device rebooting Service menu will be accessible in several minutes appears The unit is restarted 6 Wait around a minute until the green LED on the FaceScan unit begins to light up 7 Only if the SIRONA browser is not being used Refresh the browser display e g in Windows Internet Explorer press F5 The update is completed Concluding the update 1 Only atinitial installation Perform a complete unit calibration gt 145 2 Only at initial installation Perform a white balance gt 168 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 57 4 General operating procedures 4 3 Configuring the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 58 Configuring the unit Configuring the unit via the SIDEXIS Manager Configuration of the X ray components Download an exposure from an X ray unit ORTHOPHOS AG ORTHOPHOS DS XAB XAB IO USB Box Configuration of the WDM and ViW video components sirona Control Server Monitor XOD Configuration 1 sirona Control Management of Sirona Control Servers and GALILEOS re Admin Rescue data at the RCU Rescue mi NGStationMgr Management of the SIDEMS stations l q lj T NGDBComb Clean up 3D raw data Setup of a
61. fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E5 06 31 Partial radiation time exceeded If a CAN bus error had been reported before e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 e Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E5 06 32 Minimum preheating time not If a CAN bus error had been reported observed before e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 e Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E1 06 40 Tolerance exceeded e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 VH nom E1 06 41 Tolerance exceeded kV nom e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 85 S gt 268 E1 06 42 Tolerance exceeded e Replace the tube assembly mA nom E1 06 43 Tolerance exceeded e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 VH actual value E1 06 44 Tolerance exceeded kV actual e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 value E1 06 45 Tolerance exceeded mA actual e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 value Error code E6 06 51 Description Actions required VHmax e Replace the tube assembly Actions required see o e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 Actions required see o e Replace the t
62. for removal in reverse order IMPORTANT After replacing the board DX89 always observe the notes provided in the chapter Measures following replacement of boards After replacing boards or modules containing boards check to make sure that the software version of the module corresponds to the current software status of the system The software versions of the modules can be queried by running service routine S008 2 or using the extended detail query in SiXABCon You can also check the info screen in advance to determine whether the current software constellation is permissible If this is not the case the version number of the main software is labeled with an asterisk e g V04 12 00 In the event of software incompatibilities perform a software update or downgrade gt 47 Always perform the measures described below in the given sequence and do not carry out any other actions between the steps The following table provides an overview of various possible replacement situations and cross references to detailed descriptions of the actions required for the corresponding situations following board replacement 64 26 345 D3437 306 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 DX11 64 26 345 D3437 GALILEOS Compact GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Unit software version VO4 12 00 or higher Replacing a DX11 Inserting a new DX77 GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher Inserting
63. hrt f r 192 168 15 13 mit 32 Bytes Daten von 192 168 15 13 Bytes 32 Zeit lt ims TTL 63 von 192 168 15 13 Bytes 32 Zeit lt ims TTL 63 von 192 168 15 13 Bytes 32 Zeit lt ims TTL 63 von 192 168 15 13 Bytes 32 Zeit lt ims TTL 63 Ping Statistik fiir 192 168 15 13 Pakete Gesendet 4 Empfangen 4 Verloren A Az Verlust gt Ca Zeitangaben in Millisek Minimum Bms Maximum Ams Mittelwert Bms GIN Selecting an X ray component 1 Switch all networkable X ray components off 2 Start the S DEX S Manager under start Program Files SIDEX1S 3 Click on Configuration of the X ray components The Configuration of the X ray components menu opens 4 Select the Attributes tab GALILEJS Delete component GALILEOS Please choose a component or add a component Grange Mane Eonligure SOlWare Update Hevite AMMA Approved for the computers Abbrechen Ubemehimen 5 Select the name of the desired X ray component in the Name pull down menu XG3D in the example then click the Add component button 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 59 4 General operating procedures Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 3 Configuring the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS gt Select the text Add component under the desired X ray component in the Wame pull down menu The password dialog box appears 6 Enter the service password gt 148
64. in the chapter entitled Measures following replacement of boards gt 306 1 Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration gt 145 2 Perform an acceptance test for Germany only without calling in an expert 64 26 345 D3437 2 6 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 7 Fan X ray tube assembly Fan X ray tube assembly Replacing the fan IMPORTANT As the X ray tube assembly has to be disassembled when replacing the fan the unit must be fully readjusted recalibrated gt 145 after replacing the fan 1 Disassemble the tube assembly 2 Only for GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Loosen the four screws E and remove the cover plate F Unscrew the four spacers G 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 olf Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 Repair 9 7 Fan X ray tube assembly 3 NOTICE Cable Loosen the four screws A and carefully remove the cover plate B including the fan 4 Pull the fan cable off connector X2 on board DX6 5 Loosen the four screws C and remove the faulty fan from the cover plate
65. language set found Check selected language set by running S gt 222 service routine S017 5 correct if necessary Check whether selected language setis S gt 47 already installed perform software update if necessary Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary Location 10 System hardware E7 10 01 EEPROM cannot be written e Acknowledge error and repeat procedure ee If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 305 e Replace board DX11 E7 10 02 FPGA of DX1 is not addressable e Replace board DX1 S gt 303 FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array e Wait until the error code automatically progress disappears approx 2 3 mins E1 1005 Flash file system is not ready for e Execute service routine S009 4 and S gt 205 operation format flash file system The contents of the error memory are thus lost wa If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 305 semen Errorcode Description Actonsrequrea e E7 10 06 Incompatible DX1 FPGA e Check the hardware version of DX1 for S gt 303 programmable logic component compatibility replace board DX1 if E1 10 03 The flash file system must be e Acknowledge error and repeat procedure mates The flash file system is formatted and error Occurs after replacement of board code E110 04 is displayed DX11 version for curre
66. menu is divided into four areas wr yachts nae o a JD Adjustment calibration Diaphragm Radiation held Dose measurement Sensor E Ins Shading E Distortion penrai try A Navigation area Structure tree for adjustment and calibration gt 149 Preview image Shows the exposure to be taken in this stage of the adjustment calibration procedure Message window Shows messages and information about this stage of the adjustment calibration procedure Tools pictograph Shows which if any test phantom must be used for this stage of the adjustment calibration procedure In addition to the four areas the menu also contains the following buttons E Image acquisition Makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151 F Save values Saves the current adjustment calibration values G Next Switches to the next stage of the adjustment calibration procedure H Exit Exits adjustment calibration and closes the menu Navigation area The navigation area contains a structure tree similar to the one you will be familiar with from your Windows interface The structure tree contains all stages of the adjustment and calibration procedure you need to complete in order to adjust and calibrate your system The order in which 149 150 the elements appear in the structure tree determines the chronological order of the procedure to adjust and calibrate the unit
67. modules normally flash slowly 1 Hz for code 00 When code 01 has been selected and confirmed the CAN bus clock pulse of the TTP protocol which is output by the master module as a broadcast with a frequency of 20 Hz is output on the LEDs the green life LED flashes on DX7 Thus by rocking through the connectors you can detect directly the contact loss of the module on the CAN bus The activation or deactivation of this function simultaneously acts on all modules 217 017 Configuration service for GALILEOS Comfort and GALILEOS ComfortPLU S 017 13 for GALILEOS Comfort and GALILEOS Comfort L S S017 14 Enable disable certain lines of the welcome screen for GALILEOS Comfort and GALILEOS Comfort LUS S017 15 Yes Activate deactivate the acoustic signal for end of exposure S017 25 Yes Select the diaphragm type SR service routine SA security access S017 Test step 2 Configuring the hardware version Function 0100 GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Compact 0500 GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Compact incl FACESCAN 0800 GALILEOS Comfort LUS 0C00 GALILEOS Comfort LYS incl FACESCAN Factory setting for each configuration 64 26 345 D3437 218 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 11 S017 Configuration service 1 Call service routine S017 2 gt 190 Once the serv
68. network Set the IP address via SiXABCon 5 Switch off the unit 6 Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The error message E1 10 03 format flash file system is displayed The message No Key is displayed on the Easypad 7 Press the R key to acknowledge the error message The formatting of the flash file system is started automatically Error message E1 10 04 is displayed during the entire process approx 5 6 min When the formatting is finished the error message is automatically acknowledged by the system and error message E6 11 07 undefined system class is displayed 8 Press the R key to acknowledge the error message The access level for the service menu level 4 is automatically started 9 Press and hold down the Service key until the patient symbol keys light up approx 2 s 10 Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence b d a within the next 4 seconds After you have entered the key combination correctly the service routine S017 test step 1 select confirm system class is started automatically The Memory key lights up 11 Acknowledge any additional error messages with the R key 12 Confirm the GALILEOS Comfort system class 03 To do this first press the Memory key R key lights up and then the R key 13 Exit the service routine with the double arrow key 14 Switch off the unit 64 26 345 D3437 310 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 15 16 17 18 19 20 2
69. network data Set boot mode DYNAMIC DHCP AutolP STATIC fixed address Manual input of static network settings IP address default gateway address and subnet mask Delete network addresses or set them to factory defaults SR service routine SHZ security access S037 Test step 1 Displaying the network data If all network data is set to default the system is in UDP boot mode 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 23 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 13 S037 Network service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Symbol on the control Status Meaning panel LED above lit The IP address is displayed in patient symbol key 1 A selection field 1 LED above lit The default gateway is displayed patient symbol key 2 B in selection field 1 LED above lit The subnet mask is displayed in patient symbol key 3 C selection field 1 Factory setting Selection field Parameter Display Meaning PS IP address default gateway or subnet mask of the unit 2 default Fixed address static Fixed address modified setting dynamic Automatic address assignment Factory setting 1 Call service routine S037 1 gt 182 Once the service routine has been selected the IP address of the unit is displayed in selection field 1 Easypad Default static or dynamic is displayed in selection TOE NEE AS 2AG field 2 see table DEFA
70. not uniform C the diaphragm must be adjusted mechanically gt 171 5 For GALILEOS Compact Evaluate the image 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu A B Adjustment OK Adjustment not OK diaphragm not centered Po Adjustment not OK diaphragm too small Permissible tolerance 65 pixels 5 pixels The brightness distribution along the surrounding border must be uniform A A shadow in the image indicates horizontal or vertical displacement of the diaphragm 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 157 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu A Adjustment of the Upper jaw diaphragm setting 158 na SOSS Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS The distance between the bottom edge and the lowest point in the image should be 65 5 pixels measure with SIDEXIS scale No surrounding gray shadow should be visible D A surrounding gray shadow in the image indicates that the diaphragm is too small If the distance between the bottom edge and the lowest point in the image is out of tolerance E or the brightness distribution along the surrounding border is not uniform C or a surrounding gray shadow is visi
71. or 98 kV 12 mAs IMPORTANT If you let go of the release button before the maximum radiation time has elapsed radiation is terminated prematurely and the exposure is interrupted The actual radiation time is not displayed If you release radiation during the cool down interval a countdown of the remaining waiting time is displayed in the header of the Easypad or in selection field 2 on the Multipad automatic exposure blocking 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 64 26 345 D3437 212 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 10 S012 CAN bus service S012 CAN bus service S012 CAN bus service 012 1 No Presence display of modules SR service routine SHZ security access IMPORTANT The CAN bus service is not yet implemented for the module DX11 S012 Test step 1 Presence display of modules Selection field Parameter Display Range of values Subassembly DX1 DX88 2 e Counter value of CAN bus events Presence code behind the counter value P module present L module lost gt Call service routine S012 1 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 213 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 10 S012 CAN bus service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Checking the module gt Use the arrow keys A in selectio
72. panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Basic operating procedures in the service menu Activating the service menu Easypad The structure of the touchscreen user interface on the control panel is subdivided into 4 levels e Level 1 Main menu e Level 2 Program Settings e Level 3 Basic Settings e Level 4 Service menu When the unit starts up the main menu appears on the touchscreen 1 To select level 2 Se ect program settings touch the blue arrow in the top right corner of the touchscreen A 2 To select level 3 Select basic settings touch the left hand blue arrow in the top right corner of the touchscreen B 64 26 345 D3437 180 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 Perform service routines via the control panel 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu 3 To select level 4 service menu access touch the wrench symbol C 4 Switch to the service menu Press and hold down the Service key D until the patient symbol keys light up E H approx 2 s Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence F H E within the next 4 s After you have entered the key combination correctly the service menu is displayed You can return to the next higher level with t
73. protection against scratching 1 Attach the Mult O Meter sensor approximately in the middle of the distortion phantom mounted on the X ray detector 2 Inthe structure tree under 3D Adjustment calibration click on the Dose measurement element S002 6 The Dose measurement menu is displayed in the action area 3 Click the mage acquisition button SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151 Service routine S002 6 is displayed on the control panel 4 Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position 5 Press the release button Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete the preview image is displayed in the exposure window and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure double beep sounds if it has been configured 6 Then read off the dose from the Mult O Meter For GALILEOS Compact Comfort the value must be between 1 2 and 2 3 mGray For GALILEOS Comfort S the value must be between 2 3 and 4 5 mGray If the value is outside the permissible range check the X ray tube assembly 64 26 345 D3437 162 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu 7 To confirm that the dose is within the permissible range between 1 2 and 2 3 mGray 2 3 and 4 5 mGray click the check box on
74. replace if S gt 132 necessary S gt 302 e Check height adjustment motor for S gt 332 overtravel replace board DX1 if S gt 303 necessary If the error occurs again Check the limit switch or wiring correct or replace the limit switch as necessary see Unit has traveled to lower limit e Run HA motor in the other direction with switch the Up Down keys and reference value approx 1 500 e Check light barriers V1_4 replace if S gt 132 necessary S e Check height adjustment motor for S gt 332 overtravel replace board DX1 if S gt 303 necessary l If the error occurs again Check the limit switch or wiring correct or replace the limit switch as necessary Height adjustment motor position e Run HA motor in the other direction with counter too small for current the Up Down keys and reference value position approx 1 500 Error may occur after replacement e Check max travel height with service S gt 232 of board DX11 routine S018 2 adjust if necessary e Check light barriers V1_4 replace if S gt 132 necessary S Height adjustment motor position e Run HA motor in the other direction with counter too large for current the Up Down keys and reference value position approx 1 500 Error may occur after replacement Check light barriers V1_4 replace if gt 132 of board DX11 necessary 5 Tip As an aid the current switching state can be queried
75. s to 300 s are automatically set by the system Type B device Ordinary equipment without protection against ingress of water 41 X ray tube Minimum requirements for reconstruction PC included in the scope of supply Minimum requirements for SIDEXIS visualization PC not included in the scope of supply Network 42 Year of manufacture Operating mode Long term power output Anode material Exposure parameters for determining leakage radiation Continuing current for leakage radiation measurements Transport and storage temperature Basic unit Detector Air humidity Admissible operating temperature Operating altitude Siemens SR 120 15 60 Processor RAM Hard disks Operating system External drive Graphics card See SIDEXIS XG Operator s Manual The system requirements are also listed under www sidexis com Network Communication interface ite 20XX on the rating plate Continuous operation 100 W Tungsten 6mA 98 kV 0 14 mA 40 C 70 C 40 F 158 F 30 C 55 C 22 F 131 F 10 95 without condensation between 10 C and 35 C 50 F 95 F At a room temperature of gt 35 C gt 95 F Sirona recommends using an air conditioning system lt 3000 m QuadCore Intel i5 8 GB RAM 1 TByte Windows 7 64 bit mandatory 1x DVD ROM dual layer explicit not onboard at least 1 GB RAM 100 MB E
76. sensor test single tank S gt 193 Update service S gt 203 Op 1 205 S gt 205 S gt 207 S gt 204 S S S gt 234 S gt 232 o 221 64 26 345 D3437 176 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Function Maximum travel height set Maximum travel height undo setting 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Service routine see S018 2 S gt 232 S018 3 S gt 233 Service menu and service routines You can use the service routines to check the function of certain unit components and modules as well as to set important unit parameters Displays and symbols in the service menu Easypad There are many different control symbols and display fields on the touchscreen these are activated on a context sensitive basis depending on the procedure step X RAY Radiation can be released po X RAY Active Caution Radiation is being released Selection field 1 Display fields for service routines test steps values unit parameters etc Selection field 2 Selection field 3 C E Arrow keys Touch the and arrow keys to select unit parameters in the selection fields gt 187 S1 S37 Selected service routine Patient symbol keys Different functions depending on service routine 177 8 Perform service routines via the control panel 8 2 Service menu and service routines 178 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of Fe
77. that already run with a system software version V03 03 01 or higher please check whether there is an XML file in the PDATA P2K_Config with the network name of the system This file contains important information about the previous unit configuration The error message E1 11 20 invalid unit calibration is displayed oe NR 12 Acknowledge the error message with the R key 13 Call the service menu gt 180 14 Call service routine S017 and perform the unit configuration test step 2 15 The switching plate configuration of the swivel arm must be checked set using service routine S017 7 Inform the customer of the configuration options of the software version e g welcome screen acoustic exposure signal Activate these functions if they are required 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 315 Case E 316 15 16 17 18 If the travel height of the unit has to be limited Set the travel height with service routine S018 2 gt 232 Perform a software update to the current software version gt 47 This updates all modules in accordance with the configuration Perform a complete unit calibration gt 145 After a successful unit calibration has been performed the error message should no longer appear Call up the Extended Details via SiXABCon This generates an XML file with the system parameters which is Filed in the PDATA P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit
78. the bootloader stage S gt 47 e Repeat the software update e Replace remote control see Installation Instructions 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 107 E7 42 12 Unit is not ready for operation This error is a sequential fault Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch on the unit making sure that the release button is not pressed during booting Repeat procedure and check function If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 303 e Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages Check the signal path from board DX1 to board DX42 replace module if necessary E6 42 20 Contact to DX11 interrupted during Check the signal path from board DX1 to S gt 303 operation board DX42 replace module if necessary S gt 121 Check connection of remote control see Installation Instructions Check the CAN bus Check cable L17 replace if necessary S gt 133 S gt 324 S gt 127 Check board DX42 replace if necessary S gt 303 Check board DX41 replace if necessary Tip If the error cannot be eliminated immediately the unit can be temporarily reconfigured and operated with a release button located directly on it see Installation Instructions 64 26 345 D3437 108 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 E7 42 21 No CAN bus connection DX11 does Check configuration with or without S gt 303 not start DX41 by running service routine S017 9
79. the service routine has been selected the current height position is displayed in selection field 1 Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 235 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 12 S018 Service for height adjustment Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 Tosave the maximum travel height press Memory key B R key C lights up followed by R key C 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 The limitation of the minimum travel height is purely software based The lower limit switch is not mechanically adapted to the new minimum travel height S018 Test step 6 Undoing the minimum travel height setting 1 Call service routine S018 6 gt 182 Once the service routine has been selected the current height position is displayed in selection field 1 Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 64 26 345 D3437 236 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 13 S037 Network service 2 To undo the minimum travel height setting press Memory key B R key C Easypad or LED above R key C lights up followed by R key C 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 S037 Network service Displaying the
80. this may take up to 10 minutes Status messages and displays On the control panel Status displays Description Easypad Multipad Ready for exposure no special display kV level and mAs System is ready for exposure ny RAY are displayed X RAY Active LED lights up on Multipad Exposure in progress Please wait Unit waiting for operational readiness Ready for exposure in XXs The cooling time countdown is running 64 26 345 D3437 78 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 5 Messages Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 5 4 Error messages On the FaceScan LED Blue A LED Green 6 Meaning e FaceScan components are switched off e FaceScan components have shut themselves down e A firmware update using the FaceScan USB stick has been completed wo Receptivity Device E for data transfer Exposure sd e Data transfer On e Boot process e White balance e Network configuration e Firmware update e Reset to factory settings Alternating with Alternating with Data upload during web green LED at blue LED at one update one second second intervals intervals Error messages The error messages are displayed as error codes Ex yy zz on the Easypad touchscreen GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort LYS or on the Multipad display GALILEOS Compact as well as on the remote control display if there is one T
81. wire Voltmeter Measuring points B E eee caine AandB GNYE wire resistance complies with the specifications A and C 2 Protective ground 0 1 Q wire A and E Tube assembly 0 2 Q housing JS A power source with a current of at least 0 2 A a no load voltage of 24 V max and 4 V min is required 64 26 345 D3437 340 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 1 Connect the power source between the measuring points specified in the table for at least 5 s 2 Measure the voltage drop with the voltmeter measure the current with the ammeter and calculate the resistance using the formula R U Il Ifthe resistance value is greater than indicated in the adjacent table check whether the protective ground wires are fastened according to the specifications Check whether plain washer tooth lock washer and cable lug are installed on the protective ground wire in the correct order and whether the nuts of the protective ground wire connections are firmly tightened If the fastening of the protective ground wires does not meet the specifications fasten the protective ground wires correctly Tip Do not connect the power cable and the second ground wire to the building installation yet Check the device leakage current first gt 343 Measuring point A Central protective ground wire 341 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 10 Maintenance 10 8
82. with service routine S018 4 S gt 234 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 99 E5 13 35 Height adjustment motor wrong e Check connector assignment on filter or in direction of rotation front of HA motor correct if necessary e Replace board DX1 S gt 303 E5 13 36 Software signal from key applied but Check cables L9 and L10 replace if a 133 hardware signal is missing necessary S gt 324 Check limit switches SE1_1 and SE1_2 replace if necessary e Replace Easypad S gt 265 E7 13 37 Overtravel of HA motor occurs or Check height adjustment motor for S gt 332 height adjustment power transistor overtravel replace board DX1 if S gt 303 defective necessary i Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function e Replace board DX1 S gt 303 E6 13 38 Height adjustment motor is not This error is a sequential fault ready for operation e Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages E6 13 39 Error when activating height e Restart the unit aC iHermeny melor Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary e Replace board DX1 S gt 303
83. 00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0183050 809 Rx 0x201 0x08 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x00 0x00 0163054 791 Rx 0x301 0x06 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x03 0x00 0x00 0183056 800 Rx 0x401 0x08 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0183060 793 Rx 0x481 0x06 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0183062 808 Rx 0x181 0x08 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x02 0x00 0x00 0183070 812 Tx 0x001 0x08 0x18 0x27 0x09 0x19 0x01 Ox6f 0x00 Ox00 0183072 794 Tx Ox060 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 01863074 806 Tx 0x100 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 The CAN bus protocol is displayed in the browser and can be saved as an HTML page printed out or sent to the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC S008 Update service sooo SH Function S008 ee Checking the software versions S008 2 No Overview of the module software versions 008 3 No Input confirm query unit serial number SR service routine SHZ security access S008 Test step 2 Overview of module software versions Easypad touchscreen 1 Call service routine S008 2 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 203 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 7 S008 Update service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS The software versions currently installed on the modules are displayed on an info screen on the touchscreen display Systemsoftware V03 03 01 A 55 2 Exit the service rout
84. 076 03 02 02 04 2013 61 4 General operating procedures 4 3 Configuring the unit Automatic search 62 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Configuration of the X ray components gui or 00101900b4d4 172 29 8 9 209 299 0 0 172 2301 0 PCD20693 Alternatives to the boot service As an alternative to adding new X ray components via the boot service you also can add them via the Automatic search or the Add component manually function Automate seaech Plasse select an W ray component from the pickliet and add che component to the canhguniben by saving i Oras GANS F510 Gang aT EGL Gaxa Fs aj GANI FE17 Mame Ethernet addrets ardre Suibewrt magik Standard Gressy Location Sirona Control Server PCDQOESE iene rpanerran r S ro n ad 1 Select the Automatic search element The network is searched for existing X ray components All X ray components found appear in the menu list 2 Select the desired X ray component from the list The values for the IP address subnet mask and standard gateway are automatically imported to the input fields of the menu 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 General operating procedures Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 3 Configuring the unit 3 Select the desired RCU in the Sirona Control Server pull d
85. 1 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Case B Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The error message E6 15 05 undefined system serial number is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Error message E6 15 04 undefined activation data is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Call the service menu gt 180 Call the service routine S008 3 check the serial number and confirm this if necessary gt 204 The unit serial number is located on the nameplate of the unit NOTICE If the serial number is incorrect exit the update process and contact the Sirona Customer Service Center Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The message No Key should no longer appear Call the service menu gt 180 Call service routine S017 and perform the unit configuration test step 2 15 The switching plate configuration of the swivel arm must be checked set using service routine S017 7 Inform the customer of the configuration options of the software version e g welcome screen acoustic exposure signal Activate these functions if they are required If the travel height of the unit has to be limited Set the travel height with service routine S018 2 gt 232 Perform a software update to the current software version gt 47 This updates all modules in accordance with the configuration The error message E1 11
86. 14 07 The IP address of the unit could not Restart the unit Oe SEVRONECE _ Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function If the error occurs repeatedly e Contact Sirona Customer Service Center a see E6 14 10 Clock signals for sensor image e Check cable L13 for crushed spots and S gt 324 transfer not received on board DX1 kinks and check connectors repair or DX11 10 replace if necessary E6 14 12 Faulty detection of sensor image e Check board DX89 replace if necessary S gt 127 transfer data signals on board DX1 S gt 303 DX11 recurring 12 Location 15 Configuration update E7 15 01 Wrong memory modules lf a DRAM memory module is plugged into S gt 305 board DX11 e Replace memory module or DX11 If no DRAM memory module is plugged into S gt 305 board DX11 e Replace board DX11 E7 1503 Wrong software constellation of e Check the software versions of the unit on S gt 203 modules the info screen or by running service routing S008 2 and run or repeat software update or downgrade if necessary E6 15 04 Product activation keys invalid or e Enter release key not available Occurs after replacement of tube assembly DX6 or board DX11 and possibly after software updates See also the section titled Measures following replacement of boards gt 306 Ol Operating instructions 64 26 345 D3437 10
87. 2 Wait for approx 1 minute The X ray radiation indicator B lights up for approx 1 second as a functional check After approx 2 seconds the green LED C in the upper part of the control panel lights up This LED remains lit as long as the unit is on 3 Press the R key The unit moves to its starting position 4 Switch on the PC 5 Start SIDEXIS XG Help message H401 remains displayed on the Multipad as long as there is no connection with SIDEXIS XG Factory setting after switch on The unit has the following factory configuration on delivery 64 26 345 D3437 46 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 e Start settings Starting position from the front right VO4 for GALILEOS Compact VO1 for GALILEOS Comfort VO5 for GALILEOS ComfortPt S Patient symbol 2 85 kV 21 mAs e The acoustic signal for end of exposure is activated Only for GALILEOS Comfort and GALILEOS Comfort L S e The unit language is preconfigured as ordered e The welcome screen is switched on e The first name last name and date of birth lines are displayed on the welcome screen e For GALILEOS ComfortPL S HD mode is enabled If the customer requires a different configuration this can be implemented via service routine S017 Updating the firmware Updating the unit firmware IMPORTANT Downgrading to older versions Downgrading the unit software version V04 14 00 or higher to an older version is not
88. 20 invalid unit calibration is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Perform a complete unit calibration gt 145 After a successful unit calibration has been performed the error message should no longer appear Call up the Extended Details via SiXABCon This generates an XML file with the system parameters which is Filed in the PDATA P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit The process is completed DX11 from another unit GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher IMPORTANT The DX11 can be replaced in either the Comfort class GALILEOS Comfort Comfort LU S or the Compact class 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 311 312 NOTICE After inserting the board you must reconfigure the IP address to match the IP address of the existing X ray component Before you set the unit to anew IP address make sure that the IP address you re assigning has not been assigned to any other unit on ee SS 10 11 12 13 14 15 Switch the unit on Do not acknowledge any error messages at this time Install the current version of the SIDEXIS XG software V2 5 6 or higher If the current version of SIDEXIS XG is a patch version the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version Update the software to version V04 12 00 or higher via automatic update
89. 4 2013 343 10 Maintenance Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 10 9 Checking the device leakage current Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 5 Connect a high resistance measuring voltage source between the short circuited power cable B and the protective ground wire A 6 Measure the voltage drop via MD The measured value must not exceed 5 mA Ifthe leakage current is not correct Troubleshoot the problem following the instructions in Device leakage current too high gt 133 7 Reconnect the unit to the building installation see the installation instructions for the unit 64 26 345 D3437 344 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Entsorgung elektrischer und elektronischer Ger te aus Optik vad Medain 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Dismantling and disposal Dismantling and reinstallation When dismantling and reinstalling the system proceed according to the installation instructions for new installation in order to guarantee its proper functioning and stability The X ray unit must be recalibrated whenever structural alterations in the area surrounding the X ray room or new installations have been performed Disposal Your product is marked with the adjacent symbol Within the European Economic Area this product is subject to Directive 2002 96 EC as well as the corresponding national laws This directive requires environmentally sound recycling disposal of the product The product must not be dispose
90. 4 26 345 D3437 242 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 13 S037 Network service 2 Use arrow keys A to select the required boot mode automatic address assignment DYNAMIC or fixed address STATIC in selection field 1 see table Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 3 Save the setting gt 188 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 S037 Test step 4 Manual input of static network settings IP address default gateway address and subnet mask This service routine cannot run in DYNAMIC mode T key is blocked Symbol on the control Status Function panel LED above The IP address is displayed in Sale symbol key 1 A selection field 1 or after pressing the T key number pad B1 is selected LED above The default gateway is displayed patient symbol key 2 B in selection field 1 or after pressing the T key number pad B2 is selected D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 243 64 26 345 D3437 8 Perform service routines via the control panel 8 13 S037 Network service 244 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Symbol on the control Status Function panel LED above lit The subnet mask is displayed in patient symbol key 3 C selection field 1 or after pressing the T key number pad B3 is s
91. 4 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 E6 15 05 Unit serial number invalid or not e Run service routine S008 3 and confirm or S gt 203 available enter the unit serial number on the unit Occurs during first power on after replacement of board DX6 or DX11 See also the section titled Measures following replacement of boards gt 306 E6 15 10 Update file for module is corrupt e Obtain latest update file from the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC or the Sirona home page and perform software update Location 42 Remote control E6 42 01 General module initialization error Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 Service Center CSC to find out whether i S gt 303 a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary e Replace board DX42 Error generated during module self test E6 42 02 Invalid system data or uninitialized Please contact the Sirona Customer module storage data Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary e Acknowledge error and repeat procedure If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 303 e Replace board DX42 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 105 E6 42 03 Invalid commanding or control data This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages Please also observe the causal error message It app
92. 437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 183 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS gt Select the required test step in selection field 2 with arrow keys C and confirm your selection by pressing Service key B Easypad The selected service routine as well as the test step chosen are displayed in the right hand column S005 4 in the example 64 26 345 D3437 184 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu Multipad The parameters or IDs of the selected service routine are displayed on the Multipad The Multipad does not show which service routine or test step is currently active Service routines with security access A security code is required for accessing service routines involving functions such as radiation release or editing of configuration data or stored values This procedure prevents the inadvertent selection or activation of these service routines To select a service routine or test step with security access proceed as follows 1 Select the service routine or the test step and confirm your selection with the Service key gt 182 After you have confirmed your selection a 0 appears in selection field 2
93. 6 03 02 02 04 2013 8 6 S007 Error logging memory 2 Use the arrow keys A to select the required setting see table Once the required setting has been selected the T key B Easypad or the LED above the T key B Multipad lights up 3 Touch the T key B to enable the selected setting All CAN bus events occurring from now on during operation of the unit will be logged and can be displayed with a web browser e g Internet Explorer This log will help you when consulting the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC for error diagnosis 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 Displaying the log with a web browser https XXX XXX XXX XXX info can htm 1 Enter the following web address on a PC with internet access integrated in a system network A IP address of the unit 201 8 Perform service routines via the control panel 8 6 S007 Error logging memory Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 202 mensne e arae Receive Inierupt disatled Clock divider CDR Oxec0 CAN Mode Peli AN Mode RX ErrorCounter 0 TX Errarounter EnorcodeCaplure 0x00 Dx41 Bus Timing 0 BTRO 0x03 Bus Timing 1 BTR1 0x18 Error Counter 0 i oO oO Status Register 0 0 DX42 0 Dx i 0 DXG1 0 DXT 0 0 DxXGIP 0 0 DX 0 0 Display the CAN Gur trare o oo amp o oo oc amp amp Attention This page will lake aboul 2 mines to be displaye
94. 6 345 D3437 Table of contents 1 4 1 Identification of the danger levels ccccceceseeeeeeeeees 1 4 2 Formats and Symbols USE ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees Unit classes ANC VEFSIONS ccccecceecceeceeeceeceeeceneceeeeeceeeeeenees ral ea fame 8 9 116 Bl r ko eee ee BALL Al seats tetera nie sa aniaaied honed neta snc EA 3 2 1 Information on the unit cece cc eee eeee eee eeseeeseeeneeees 3 2 2 NASLANAUONIVETSIONS ccccatiattetncetteostcantewtabietandaieaetemtiontiacivts 3 2 3 Modules and components ccccceecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees DZ o SSNS ENEA A N A N E E EE E AT B22 SLANG raa i E AS 312 570 REME CONTO meias a EE gaoh F aCe oC raaa A a AOR ee ae ME RPL ae 3 2 4 Cabling OVErVICW cccccecccesceceeeseeeeteeeeseseesaeesaneesaeesaas 35270 BOA DINOS aaa aaa nance ne atpotentannaaekaonsanespeceseuace D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 14 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 17 17 17 18 19 20 21 21 22 23 28 0 2 9071 Boards in Ne Slide sic re parecer iis eee aint iaced areca ide eiA 28 379 2 BOAS IMNE SANA einan nha yscbuicanicant aueiauetedechaiameacoreee 33 3 2 5 3 Board in the remote control ccccceccececececeeteeeeeeteeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaes 34 32o FaceScan DOANGS rainier e Di 34 I2 O GOVE aeia eaamaainee sata caattens aeue a neeateaaabeiaanbceneneaes 36 eh TECNO FON T E 38 3 2 7 1 GAL
95. 7 Ifthe calibration is OK or possible click the Save values button The calibration is saved Calibration of the geometry is now complete 8 Remove the geometric phantom from the bite block holder of the unit Performing a white balance for FaceScan IMPORTANT Constant lighting conditions If the lighting conditions during the white balance process are different from those during the subsequent FaceScan process this will lead to inaccurate colors gt Ensure that the lighting conditions during white balancing correspond with those of the later FaceScan operation Without white balance the pictures will be tinged A white balance can be performed during e The first installation e Making changes to environmental lighting e Following a software update Opening the web dialog 1 In SIDEXIS Manager start the Facescan Contiguration application 2 Click on the Facescanner in browser button A password dialog box opens 3 Inthe field User enter service 4 Inthe field Password enter sirona The Facescan Device Service web dialog opens White balance type 1 S 1 white sheet of paper such as DIN A3 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 5 Mechanical adjustments 1 Attach the sheet of paper A to where the patient s head goes so that the cameras are pointe
96. 7 076 03 02 02 04 2013 313 Case D 314 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 routine S017 test step 1 select confirm system class is started automatically The LED above the Memory key lights up Acknowledge any additional error messages with the R key Confirm the GALILEOS Compact system class 04 To do this first press the Memory key LED above the R key lights up and then the R key Exit the service routine by pressing the arrow key above selection field 3 Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The error message E6 15 05 undefined system serial number is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Error message E6 15 04 undefined activation data is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Call the service menu gt 180 Call the service routine S008 3 check the serial number and confirm this if necessary gt 204 The unit serial number is located on the nameplate of the unit NOTICE If the serial number is incorrect exit the update process and contact the Sirona Customer Service Center Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The message No Key should no longer appear Call the service menu gt 180 Call service routine S017 and perform the unit configuration test step 2 15 The switching plate confi
97. 719 284 10 9 9 9 10 9 11 9 12 9 13 FC Ci eee erat eerie rndenu aan a dvue adhesanfesandtes se Soni faape cous se aee ene 285 9 921 Replacing Iie SCan UN eere ee set matte eetere ieee ee 285 9 9 1 1 Removing the defective scan unit ce ceccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeanees 285 9 9 1 2 Attaching new scan unit si tous eee Aces eeasee aa 287 9 9 1 3 What has to be done after replacing the scanner unit 294 9 9 2 Replacing the POE MOdUule cccccccscccseecseeceeeeceeceeeseeceeesseessess 294 9 9 2 1 Removing the faulty PoE MOdUle cccceccceeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeseeeeanees 294 9 9 2 2 Installing the new POE MOdUIE ccc cceccceeeceeece seca eeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaees 296 ICA fixaton devic E eeng N E 298 9 10 1 Replacing receptacle element for head fixation for unit with head 298 fixation device PIG DAIMICNS aectsetaiie cs erect R A uieedan 302 9 11 1 Replacing the light barriers 2 0 eccceeceeeeceeeeeeesaeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeaees 302 BONO cee ee ee ee ee ony ar a ce ee See nn ee meer epee eae 302 9 12 1 Important notes about replacing DOAMAS cccccceecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaees 302 912 2 Replacing DOAN OS csccvvedesi neces drcuceceesceedSacgaesscmutuesesuttee deceased taneeeetead Sees 303 9 AZ 2 Replacing PG DOard DX a citarz tees ieule hast cee osu la altars ealeehs 304 9 12 2 2Replacing board DX11 cece ceecceeccceeceeeeeeecaeeceescessceesoueseesasessess 305
98. 79 necessary E5 89 23 Camera head in the X ray detector Check cable L27 L28 replace if S gt 133 does not respond or wrong version necessary S gt 324 e Check board DX89 replace if necessary S gt 127 S gt 303 e Check x ray detector replace if S gt 279 necessary As of X ray detector serial number 5000 cable L28 can no longer be replaced individually E7 89 25 Image memory error Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function e Run software update S gt 47 Check that the memory modules on board S gt 303 DX89 are firmly fixed replace board DX89 if necessary Error code Description Description Actions required E7 89 26 Total exposure time was exceeded Check cable L13 CAN bus replace if S gt 133 necessary S gt 324 E7 89 27 At least 10 image segments are e Check cable L13 CAN bus replace if S gt 133 defective necessary S gt 324 If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 127 e Check board DX89 replace if necessary S gt 303 e Replace the X ray detector S gt 279 64 26 345 D3437 116 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Error code E7 89 28 Error code E7 89 29 Error code E7 89 30 Error code E6 89 32 64 26 345 D3437 FPGA field programmable gate e Restart the unit array on board DX89 is defective or Switch off the unit does not respond
99. Boards DX Open loop closed loop control in general DX11 Controller board DX6 Open loop closed loop tube assembly DX7 Easypad touchscreen GALILEOS Comfort Comfort L S DX71 LED display on Multipad GALILEOS Compact DX89 Image memory of the X ray detector DX42 Remote control not available as individual repair part see spare parts list Replacing PC board DX1 IMPORTANT The software version of the DX1 DX11 board must be compatible with the main software version of the unit 64 26 345 D3437 304 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 1 Remove the arm cover 2 Disassemble both cross braces A 3 CAUTION Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards Remove the cover plate B of the board DX11 4 Pull all cables off of board DX1 5 Disassemble and remove the defective board DX1 6 NOTICE You must observe the notes in the chapter titled Replacing board DX11 gt 305 Install the DX11 board from the defective DX1 on the new DX71 7 Reinstall the DX1 board in the unit and reattach the connectors 8 Reassemble both cross braces A 9 Reattach the covers NOTICE Once you have removed the cross braces A the unit must be completely readjusted or recalibrated After replacing the board DX1 you must observe the notes provided in the chapter Replacing board DX11 J
100. C Date Time change Tried to change to 2010 Oct 12 10 44 17 76 2010 10 12 10 59 54 Message Logbook started 77 2010 10 12 11 00 15 Error E1 11 20 ERR_DX11i INVALID CB CALIBDATA 78 2010 10 12 11 00 41 RTC Date Time change Tried to change to 2010 Oct 12 11 00 41 79 2010 10 12 11 03 10 Message Logbook started 80 2010 10 12 11 06 34 Message Logbook started Reading FaceScan unit data over the network Opening the web dialog 1 In SIDEXIS Manager start the Facescan Contiguration application 2 Click on the Facescanner in browser button A password dialog box opens 3 Inthe field User enter service 4 Inthe field Password enter sirona The Facescan Device Service web dialog opens Facescan Device Service Sirona Facescan Service Functions Enter 5 Auto White Bai Show Service Log Show Application Log a Wh wit TA Selecting the service dialog gt Inthe menu bar select the menu item SERVICE 64 26 345 D3437 la D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 The Facescan Service Functions window opens Reading unit settings 1 Press the Get Device State button A dialog box to read the unit settings opens 2 Press the Press Here to Download button 3 Save the archived unit settings to the hard disk Using demo mode operation without radiation release For demo use the X ray detector dummy f
101. CAN status register for the modules reset S gt 216 Long term exposure with fixed radiation intervals from any 002 5 S gt 191 position Default gateway address set to defaults S gt 239 Default gateway address manual input S gt 243 Dosimetry with pulsed radiation S gt 212 Dosimetry without ring movement S gt 211 Save restore DX89 data S gt 209 Error logging memory S gt 196 Error logging memory display S gt 196 Error logging memory clear S gt 198 Remote control enable disable display S Flash file system Flash file system format Flash file system test Unit serial number confirm Unit variant configure Country group code enter Height adjustment sensor system test Height adjustment service IP address set to defaults S gt 239 IP address enter manually S gt 243 Configuration service S Network service S gt 237 Displaying the network data S gt 237 Configure the switching plate for the swivel arm S Select a language set 017 5 S gt 222 GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort LUS Select a language S017 4 GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort LUS Radiation without rotary movement selectable kV mA level and S002 S gt 191 maximum radiation time Tube assembly service general S gt 192 Current measurement unpulsed S gt 211 Subnet mask set to defaults S gt 239 Subnet mask manual input S gt 243 Temperature
102. Check the function of the ring motor 2 Perform complete unit adjustment or calibration gt 145 Rotary knob on the swivel arm Replacing the rotary knob Removing the rotary knob 1 Slide the plastic ring A toward the rear 2 Turn the rotary knob and find the opening B If no opening B appears you can now simply pull off the rotary knob or gt if an opening appears Loosen setscrew C with an Allen key 2mm 3 Pull the rotary knob off Attaching the rotary knob Install the rotary knob by performing the steps above for dismantling in reverse order 64 26 345 D3437 264 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 9 5 Control panel Control panel Replacing Easypad or Multipad user interface IMPORTANT GALILEOS Compact Multipad GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort L S Easypad S S Q SS gt ae ESON Z 1 Press into slit A of the housing cover with a screwdriver do not pry and remove the defective user interface from the control panel 2 Pull cables L9 and L10 off of connectors X102 L9 and X103 L10 on board DX7 Easypad GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS ComfortPL S or DX71 Multipad GALILEOS Compact of the defective user interface 3 Plug the cables into connectors X102 L9 and X103 L10 of board DX7 Easypad GALILEO
103. D above the patient symbol key selected in each case Multipad lights up 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 245 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 13 S037 Network service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Digit No 123 The digit currently selected for changing is displayed in selection 192 168 015 178 field 1 Digit No 3 in the example T Important The number of the digit always refers to the currently selected number pad The current value of the corresponding digit is displayed in selection field 2 2 in the example Digit No 3 gt 37 i M T bh 64 26 345 D3437 246 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 13 S037 Network service Digit No 12 5 Use arrow keys E to select the digit to be changed in selection field ra 1 Digit No 12 in th le 192 168 015 178 O VA EERIE The corresponding patient symbol key D or the LED above the corresponding patient symbol key D lights up Selection field 2 displays the value of the currently selected digit 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 2417 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 13 S037 Network service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Digit No he 6 Tochange the value for the
104. Details via SiIXABCon This generates an XML file with the system parameters which is filed in the PDATA P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit The process is completed Cable Replacing energy chain 1 completely IMPORTANT Remove cable ties For the following steps all necessary cable ties should be removed with wire cutters 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 13 Cable DANGER Danger of fatal electrocution gt Before you remove the energy chain switch off the power supply 1 Disconnect cable L1 from switch 1 2 Disconnect cable L1 from the ground point F 3 Loosen the two screws A 4 If not present Mark the position of the screw B on the stand 5 Make a note of the position of the screw B for when you later install the new energy chain 6 Remove the screw B from the energy chain 1 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 321 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 13 Cable Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 Remove the power cable from terminal K1 8 Unscrew the mains filter plate 9 Remove the cable covers 1 and J of the right hand cable duct 10 Remove the energy chain along with the mains filter plate from the stand Installing the new energy chain 64 26 345 D3437 322 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems
105. EOS Compact diaphragms the preview images displayed in these submenus differ slightly 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Image acquisition 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 7 1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort S GALILEOS Compact We use only the display of the GALILEOS Comfort and GALILEOS Comfort P YS in these instructions unless explicit reference is made to the GALILEOS Compact Tool pictographs The tools pictograph shows which if any test phantom must be used for this particular calibration step Click Cance to quit the Service functions menu Enabling exposure readiness To take an exposure in SIDEXIS XG the system must first be made ready for exposure Call the Adjustment calibration menu Select the corresponding element in the structure tree gt Click on the mage acquisition button The exposure window opens in SIDEXIS XG It indicates the current status of exposure readiness The service routine used for the corresponding exposure is displayed on the control panel along with the specific exposure parameters Taking an exposure Call the Adjustment calibration menu Select the corresponding element in the structure tree JS SIDEXIS XG must be read
106. GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 13 Cable 1 Route the energy chain up through the stand from its base 2 Insert new energy chain 1 in the stand MPORTANT Assembly instructions gt Pay attention to the energy chain s rolling direction MPORTANT Possible assembly errors The one end piece has been removed to make the new energy chain easier to lay The missing end piece is enclosed gt Attach this end piece to the energy chain only when the energy chain has been laid in the stand 3 Screw down the mains filter plate 4 Screw the new energy chain down in the position marking of the old energy chain 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 323 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 13 Cable Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 5 Screw the power cable A to the terminal K1 and the strain relief 6 Route the external PE cable B over the mains filter plate through the ferrite core twice C two hoses 7 Screw the external PE cable B down on the ground bolts D Replacing cables Switch the unit off before you start replacing cables or removing connectors NOTICE Be careful not to twist the cables or kink the fiber optic light guides when installing them Always check the cables before replacing them gt 133 The cables are labeled with small flags They specify the designation and part number of the cable The plugs and
107. Hz 60 Hz max 0 8 ohms 25 A slow blow 16 A for single line 0 9 kVA 0 5 98 kV 3 mA 6 mA 10 ms 14 ms 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Detector Geometry Scanning process Reconstruction 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 min permanent filtering min half value layer Integrated filter Cone beam angle High voltage generation frequency Type Active input window size Camera Source l l converter coating distance central X ray beam Source isocenter distance central X ray beam Source skin distance minimum distance Orbital angle Scan time Number of single exposures Marking of focal spot Automatic exposure blocking Class device Degree of protection against electric shock Degree of protection against ingress of water 3 2 Hardware 2 8 mm Al 98 IEC 60522 3 9 mm Al 0 2 mm Cu collimated to approx 24 80 kHz 100 kHz Image intensifier I l Siemens 215 mm 8 1 2 diameter Pixels 10002 FPS 15 30 Dynamics 12 bits 4096 brightness values 63 dB 590 mm 23 1 4 413 mm 16 1 4 approx 300 mm 11 13 16 204 approx 14s 200 HD mode 357 The duration of automatic exposure blocking cooling period depends on the set kV mA level and the actual exposure time Depending on the tube load interval times of 8
108. ILEOS Compact GALILEOS Comfort oonsenneneeneennnnnsrrerrenenn 38 321 2 GALLE OS COMO PELU Senra 40 339 SONMWIE COmMmpaUDINY ennea l 43 33A GALILEOS MMW all intan a a a a oia 43 J92 PACE SCAM MINIM WANG rea a a a 44 333 GALLEOS SONWI Eanan a a a icindeawstcabeesaoers 44 General Operating Droced rES uinn a a 45 4 1 SWITCHING tHe UE ON siressa A E reco 45 4 1 1 Switching the GALILEOS Comfort Comfort PLUS on 45 4 1 2 Switching the GALILEOS Compact On cccccceceseeeeeeeseeeseeeneeees 46 4 1 3 Factory setting after switch on ssenssnsensensenrernerrsrrereerrsrreresrrerrenne 46 42 Updatmg the NMWaArS seser canedsSatoacatbucieadeeeetiansedause sundaes 47 4 2 1 Updating the unit firmware ccccccccccceececeseeceeeeseeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeens 47 42 Update Mode ae ene ee nce ee neo ee ee ae 51 4 2 1 2 Check program releases cccccceccceeeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeseseeens 53 4 2 2 Updating the FaceScan firmware cccccccscccseeceeeeeceeeeseeeseeseseeeees 54 4 2 2 1 Option 1 Update using the FaceScan USB stick eee eeeee 54 4 2 2 2 Option 2 Firmware update via the network cccceceeeeeseeeeeees 56 43 Conigurnng Meuni ecsrtsa ousting hadi een Sean met ee eloe 58 4 3 1 Configuring the unit via the SIDEXIS Managet ccccceeeeeeeeees 58 4 3 1 1 Setup of an X ray component o ssnssnssssenonnsrrorrerrsrrorrerrsrrorrerreerne
109. Invalid system data or uninitialized Please contact the Sirona Customer module storage data Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary e Acknowledge error and repeat procedure If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 303 e Replace board DX71 or Multipad S gt 265 E6 71 03 Invalid commanding or control data Check the CAN bus S gt 121 This error may also occur in e Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 connection with other causal error Service Center CSC to find out whether messages Please also observe the a bug fix by means of a software update is causal error message It appears possible and perform such an update if only after you acknowledge the first necessary error message E6 71 04 Data transfer error or dialog error to Check the CAN bus module master side e Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E6 7105 Data transfer error or dialog error to Repeat the software update S gt 47 Ee ovodverenmedie e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 e Replace board DX71 or Multipad S gt 303 S gt 265 E6 71 06 Module failed in TTP time trigger e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 protocol detected on master side Only occurs in connection with s
110. LED above the Memory key Multipad lights up 2 Before restoring the factory settings check the network data that is still in the system A B C Show IP address Show default gateway Show subnet mask The patient symbol key selected in each case Easypad or the LED above the patient symbol key selected in each case Multipad lights up 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 13 S037 Network service 3 To reset the network data press Memory key E R key Easypaq or LED above R key Multipad lights up followed by R key F The default network data factory default setting is displayed To 192 168 15 240 switch between the display of the different network data proceed as in test step 1 PAROS 4 Perform a restart of the device 5 Exit the service routine gt 190 S037 Test step 3 Configuring boot mode DYNAMIC Automatic address assignment DHCP AutolP STATIC Fixed address Factory setting 1 Call service routine S037 3 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 241 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 13 S037 Network service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Once the service routine has been selected the current boot mode of the unit is displayed in selection field 1 6
111. LILEOS Jumper outside If the jumpers are set to the outer position the module is connected i e the connector is plugged in Jumper inside If the jumpers are set to the inner position the module is not connected i e the connector is not plugged in 64 26 345 D3437 126 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Check operating state of the board Visual inspection Is the board undamaged Do the LEDs indicate ormal operation Yes Install replacement board and check unit function Does the unit work Replace board or component 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Checking the boards Measure voltages Are the voltage levels OK Assign fault to the board DX1 or other connected board or component e g cable replace component if necessary Yes Board is OK Continue troubleshcoting according to list of faults chapter Messages Assign fault to the board DX1 or other connected board or component e g cable replace component if necessary 127 128 Important LEDs on the boards see also wiring diagrams C e T it o o po ooo So mooo po S mo o o pow So S fashino He flashing at 1 Hz lit or not lit flashing at 1 Hz flashing at 2 Hz C e T mo o pon Soo o o mooo o pon S C e T mooo o po o C e T mo poe oOo mooo o po S mo o pon So o S o mooo o pon SSS mooo o po S
112. M1_4 or the spindle 1 After inserting the new spindle above and below the height adjustment motor grease it thoroughly with Chesterton 622 2 Use the Up Down keys on the control panel to check the function of the height adjustment motor 3 Reset the travel height 64 26 345 D3437 260 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 3 Ring motor M1_3 Ring motor M1_3 Replacing the ring motor Removing the covers gt Remove the arm cover Removing the defective motor 1 Detach the motor cable from the cable harness and pull it off of connector X813 on board DX1 2 Loosen the four screws A on the ring motor and remove the motor including the screws and the serrated washers B Installing the new motor 1 Insert the new motor including coupling and absorber in the ring Tip While inserting the motor turn it back and forth slightly until the pinion engages in the ring gear 2 Use the screws A and serrated washers B to screw the new motor onto the motor support ring 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 261 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 3 Ring motor M1_3 Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 Run the ring motor cable along its original path and plug it back into connector X813 on board DX1 IMPORTANT Don t forget to reattach all cable ties and clamps Attaching the covers gt Reattach the cover
113. New as of 047013 The Dental Company GALILEOS as of Unit software V04 12 00 Service Manual as of February 2013 1 About this Service Manual ccccccccsseecceeeecesseeceueeseeesessueeseeeeesaaes 1 1 COD eat cia a aie eaeisusveuinae i ota eeniwaiaraede 1 2 Other documentation reQuired ccccccecessccseeeeseeceeeeeeeteeeeeees 1 3 Tools and auxiliary materials cccccccccceecceeecseeeeeeseeeseeeeaees 1 4 Structure of the COCUMENT cccccscccssseecsseeeceeeeceeeeseeeeessaes 2 oalC VNS TUCTONS ominie a a eased eed eal heal 2 1 Modifications to the UNit ccccccccseececeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeenees 22 PKEdGONNeECUON rea ph outntu aes meivananracteagncotincteas 2 3 Electromagnetic compatibility ccccccccsceseecseeseeeseeeseeesaees 24 Electrostatic discharge cc tetecrntnetirededvashibaatensacencenhuaherecendudtene deel 20 SWITCHING THE UNE ON cds scent tasers adhcca den esadivte ete dnurutenetseeesdecdanndendss ZO CONGENSANOM te cisetecketeeiarted ede eet eel eoen ie eetetear reteset ae 24 NEASCPIGMUIOCAIIZS ina a each 2 8 i Ventilation SIONS srren NE E 2 9 Qualifications of service PeErsOnnel ccccceeccseeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 2 10 Radiation Protection cccccccccsccseecseeceeeseeeeeceeseeeteeeeeeseeeseesees 211 Safely CMECKS shite coc teccs ct tacna E R EN 3 Unit description 3 1 3 2 64 2
114. Replace cable L108 No Fault is removed Error messages with and without installed remote control J E3 13 40 Short circuit in signal path between Replace cable L117 or L108 S gt 324 board DX11 and release button A2 Replace board DX1 S gt 303 during power on Replace board DX11 E6 13 41 Release signal missing on board Replace cable L117 or L108 S gt 324 DA ave eb EXPORUNG Replace board DX1 S gt 303 Replace board DX11 E3 13 42 Short circuit in signal path between Replace cable L117 or L108 S gt 324 board DX11 and release button A2 Replace board DX1 S gt 303 during operation of the unit Replace board DX11 64 26 345 D3437 140 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 6 Troubleshooting Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 6 9 Fault diagnosis of the X ray detector and on board DX89 Fault diagnosis of the X ray detector and on board DX89 NOTICE Do not damage the image tube The image tube of the X ray detector is sensitive to mechanical stress and therefore must be handled with extreme care Avoid bumps and jolts Please consider this point during transport and installation For error messages in connection with board DX89 it is important to determine whether the fault concerned is attributable to a defect on board DX89 or to a defect in the X ray detector To do this proceed as follows 1 Move the unit down using the Up Down keys 2 Switc
115. Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 303 e Replace board DX1 E5 13 83 Error while generating pulse for Restart the unit onan Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function Please contact the Sirona Customer l Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 303 e Replace board DX1 E6 13 87 Error when activating pulse e Restart the unit cohen _ Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary Location 14 Digital extension SIDEXIS XG E5 14 01 Abort by SIDEXIS XG e Check network connection XG3D plugin installation and software version 64 26 345 D3437 102 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 E7 14 02 Interface version not compatible with SIDEXIS XG Check the software versions of the unit S008 2 and XG3D plugin and perform software
116. S A A gt Touch the or arrow keys A to select the code 01 B for the Remote control enabled option Once the selected parameter has been changed in this case the p fo AN code for the activation of the remote control the Memory key C lights up 01 S17 Multipad Example You want to run service routine S017 6 to activate the remote control Once you have selected service routine S017 6 the code 00 is pre selected for the Remote control disabled option gt Press the UP or DOWN arrow key A to select the code 01 B for the Remote control enabled option Once the selected parameter has been changed in this case the code for the activation of the remote control the LED above Memory key C lights up Saving parameters Once one or a number of parameters have been selected via a service routine the current selection must be saved so that it is applied in the unit 64 26 345 D3437 188 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu Easypad touchscreen Example You want to run service routine S017 6 to save the selected option Remote control enabled S The Memory key C lights up 1 Touch the Memory key C The R key D lights up 2 Touch the R key D The selected setting is saved to non volatile memory
117. S Comfort GALILEOS ComfortPLY S or DX71 Multipad GALILEOS Compact on the new user interface 4 Clip the new user interface onto the control panel 269 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 5 Control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS sirona Model No 6007289 Serial No 12345 MADE IN GERMANY 5 Update the nameplate at the control panel cover To do so affix the supplied label as shown in the figure J MA t 6 For GALILEOS Comfort Easypad only Cable L10 green cable must be equipped with ferrite core B unless this has already been done What has to be done after replacing the user interface IMPORTANT So that the board is also replaced with the user interface you MUST also follow the instructions in the chapter titled Measures following replacement of boards gt 306 1 Check that the user interface and the display elements are functioning correctly When the unit is switched on all of the display elements must light up briefly 2 Perform a software update to the latest version gt 47 Easypad only Following replacement of the user interface the language set on board DX7 is set to the factory setting by default 00 German English French Italian If the configured unit language set which can be queried by running service routine S017 5 or using the extended detail query in SiXABCon has a configuration other than 00 this conf
118. S The cover plate of board DX11 must be removed gt 304 1 CAUTION Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards Pull the defective DX11 board using the removal tool D to remove it from the DX1 board IMPORTANT The removal tool D is included in the delivery scope of the DX11 board 2 NOTICE Ensure that the connector strips of boards DX1 and DX11 are aligned precisely above one another and are not offset before pressing the boards together firmly Attach the new DX11 board on to the DX1 3 Check that the DX11 board is correctly attached to the DX1 board There must be no visible gap between the connector strips 4 Reattach the cover plate After replacing the board DX11 you must observe the notes provided in the chapter Replacing board DX32 The removal of the board DX32 is described in the chapter Removing board DX32 gt 254 Install the board by following the same procedure in reverse order After replacing the board DX32 you must observe the notes provided in the chapter 305 Replace board DX89 1 Remove the x ray detector cover 2 Carefully pull cover plate A upwards to remove it from the X ray detector 3 Remove the four screws B and remove the defective DX89 board from the X ray detector 4 Pull the connectors of cables L13 X201 L27 X203 and L28 X400 off of the defective board DX89 5 Install the new board DX89 by following the steps
119. Signal to start synchronized 2 Disconnect cable L15 at board DX11 readout sequence and to prepare Switch unit on the next exposure Perform visual check at socket J5 If light is visible Replace board DX11 If no light is visible Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 S gt 302 S gt 268 E6 06 68 Tube assembly output after e Replace the tube assembly exposure does not match the expected value Location 07 ius since E6 07 01 General error during module Please contact the Sirona Customer initialization Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary If the error occurs repeatedly e Replace user interface with electronics DX7 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 S gt 268 S gt 265 8 E6 07 02 Invalid system data or uninitialized Please contact the Sirona Customer module storage data Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary e Acknowledge error and repeat procedure If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 265 e Replace user interface with electronics DX7 E6 07 03 Invalid commanding or control data Check the CAN bus This error may also occur in e Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 connection with other causal error Service Center CSC to find out mess
120. Thi i S A A mearcaieete e Check tube assembly DX6 replace if S gt 268 connection with other causal error necessary messages Please also observe the causal error message It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message TTP Time Trigger Protocol E6 06 08 General fault detected locally on e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 module slave side CAN controller Check software versions on the info S gt 203 being reinitialized screen or by running service routine o gt 47 S008 2 perform software update if l necessary Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 83 E7 06 10 Module is stuck in bootloader stage Check board DX6 note LED states S gt 127 If the board remains in the bootloader stage e Repeat the software update e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 E7 06 12 Unit is not ready for operation e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 This error may also occur in If this error occurs in combination with connection with other causal error Other errors messages Please also observe the e Restart the unit causal error message It appears only after you acknowledge the first 1 Switch off the unit error message Wait 1 minute
121. Type 500 Network Name GALILEOS MAC Address 00 10 19 a0 01 IP Address 192 168 15 240 Subnet Mask 255 255 0 0 Default Gateway 192 168 0 1 NetAPI Naan foo s 1 15 NetAPI version conn 1 15 Demomode off Tube Exposures 1077 Total Exposure Load 590 Tube Exposures Permanent 47 Tube Exposures Pulsed 556 Tube Exposures DualEnergy O Exposure Load Permanent 923 Exposure Load Pulsed 498 Exposure Load Dual nergy 0 Active Keys A i U 022 u 020 16 56 00 2013 Apr 14 ee ee ee eee e 4d 65 4 General operating procedures Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 3 Configuring the unit 66 Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Configuring FaceScan FACESCAN is generally configured via the integrated web dialog on the FaceScan unit gt 68 There are however two basic options for configuring the FaceScan unit e Type 1 Configuration using the Facescan USB stick gt 66 e Type 2 Configuration over a network cable peer to peer gt 68 Type 1 Configuration using the Facescan USB stick Starting the configuration 1 Insert the FaceScan USB stick into a PC 2 Important Check the entry USB_STICK_MODE The value must be set to CONFIG 3 Using a text editor program edit the configuration file facescan_settings cfg on the FaceScan USB stick and save this see section Syntax of the configuration file facescan_settings cfg gt 68 4 NOTICE Imp
122. ULT 64 26 345 D3437 238 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 N You can display various items of network data in selection field 1 by pressing the patient symbol keys A B or C see table The patient symbol key selected in each case Easypad or the LED above the patient symbol key selected in each case Multipad lights up Exit the service routine gt 190 S037 Test step 2 Setting the default IP address default gateway address and default subnet mask IMPORTANT The network address can only be restored to the factory setting default value in fixed address boot mode STATIC or no DHCP Symbol on the control Status Meaning panel LED above The IP address is displayed in patient symbol key 1 A selection field 1 LED above The default gateway is displayed patient symbol key 2 B in selection field 1 LED above The subnet mask is displayed in patient symbol key 3 C selection field 1 1 Call service routine S037 2 gt 182 lit lit it 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 239 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 13 S037 Network service 192 168 15 240 DEFAULT 240 Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Once the service routine has been selected the network data is displayed as in test step 1 Easypad The Memory key and the R key also become visible The Memory key Easypad or the
123. UStmentts secun aneita aaa n enen a e a A Ea 169 Lol JRING cCenteradjustMmeNnt onesna a a i e 169 7 5 2 Adjusting the swivel arm c ccccceccseeceeeeesecseceeseeeseeeseeessesseessees 170 1 0 9 Diaphragm adjustment ariisrse nenia dul exdutddeuteetagcbadtcagend ects 171 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 64 26 345 D3437 Perform service routines via the Control panel ccccccceececec seca ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 174 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 7 Overview Of Service OUTINGS siaren a a aai 174 8 1 1 List of all service routines available for selection ccceeeeeeees 174 8 1 2 Alphabetical list of service routine functions nesecereererrerren 175 Service menu and service routines sossssusnsernernsnrorreresrreresrrsrrerrerrerrenee 177 8 2 1 Displays and symbols in the service Menu ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 177 BZ kI ASV DAG enana a E E E N 177 eZ EZ MUNDI deraan A 178 Basic operating procedures in the service MENU cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 180 8 3 1 Activating the service Menu ccccccccsccsecceeeecseeseeeceeeseeeceeeceeenaees 180 Oe So A PA 2 EA 2 es oehingel niet si Sica ET A E NE Meh ane bi enone so 180 DoE Z MUUDA 6 ee nan MR mae a SNA a eR Rea eI ROO EE 182 8 3 2 Selecting service routines and test StEPS ce eccecceeeeeeeeeeeeteees 182 8 3 2 1 Selecting a service routine cece ccecccceeeceececeeeeseeesee
124. Update using the FaceScan USB stick Opening FaceScan 1 Unscrew the cover A from the FaceScan 2 Pull gray cable L78 4 from slot X2 of the FACESCAN modular board 3 Unscrew the protective plate T from the FaceScan unit The FACESCAN modular board is visible 4 Plug cable L78 4 again into slot X2 on the FACESCAN modular board Updating the software 1 Plug the FaceScan USB stick into the PC 2 Open the facescan_settings cfg configuration file in a text editor 64 26 345 D3437 54 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 General operating procedures Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 2 Updating the firmware 3 Enter the value UPDATE for the USB_STICK_MODE entry for example USB_STICK_MODE UPDATE 4 Forselection by DHCP Enter the value ON for the DCHP_STATE entry for example DHCP_STATE ON or gt For selection without DHCP Enter the value OFF for the DCHP_STATE entry for example DHCP_STATE OFF 5 Enter the value OFF for the DCHP_STATE entry for example DHCP_STATE OFF 6 Specify the IP address and the subnet mask in the IP and Netmask entries 7 Save your changes 8 NOTICE Incorrect removal of the USB stick can lead to loss of data on the USB stick Remove the USB stick using the Safely Remove function operating system of the PC Starting the update J The unit must be switched off Always switch the device off before inserti
125. Use arrow keys A to select the required setting in selection field 1 see table Once the required setting has been selected the Memory key B lights up 3 Save the setting gt 188 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 S017 Test step 14 Enable disable certain lines of the welcome screen Inactive Active Factory setting 1 Call service routine S017 14 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 221 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 11 S017 Configuration service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Once the service routine has been selected the code for the line currently selected is displayed in selection field 1 A A 2 Use the arrow keys A to select the required line in selection field 1 see table The activation status code is displayed in selection field 2 3 Use the arrow keys B to select the code for the required state of the line selected in selection field 1 in selection field 2 see table Once the required setting has been selected the Memory key C lights up 4 Save the setting 188 5 Exit the service routine gt 190 64 26 345 D3437 228 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 11 S017 Configuration service S017 Test step 15 1 Acoustic signal indicati
126. a 8 Click the Nex button The software manager opens The action window A of the software manager displays the modules and their current software versions Inthe structure tree on the left B of the software manager the update modes Automatic and Main version can now be selected MPORTANT For historical reasons two versions of module DX6 appear in the action window A of the software manager The installed version is indicated by a green bar a Sofware upelate Madule Actual version Target wersinn Select installation source yc WO SB Weed a Automates E voa we UAL WO23000 Main wean we DALIL VELU Module update pi WOR SOUT m 0807 LO WOR 25000 rapi VALIKS we nil W744i wae ptl WO233 00 mam RB FI vizaga we WALT VOLIDOO we DME Fl WOsAn DO wae RR VOR02 07 mae O88 FL WOLILOO 0085 WOL SS m Dads Fl WOL S800 wae DG Woda OG VOLO mm all WO 1200 mm M11 Fl VWOLMOO Start SviLupaate Show loghi loli jjam Macha a _ Stale 4 General operating procedures 4 2 Updating the firmware Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 50 9 Select the desired mode for the software update see chapter entitled Update mode gt 51 NOTICE Unit inoperability Before starting the software update make sure that no unit movements are active Otherwise the system may become inoperable in rare cases The X ray detector m
127. a simple process However if this is essential please get in contact with the SIRONA Customer Service Center CSC in advance IMPORTANT For GALILEOS Compact Comfort For a firmware update to the device from version V03 07 02 or lower to version V04 14 00 or higher an intermediate update to version V04 07 00 must be performed first Also read the information provided on the firmware CD supplied with the unit and on the SIRONA dealer page on the Internet very carefully These sources always contain the latest information on software updates 1 Start the S DEX S Manager under Start Programs SIDEXIS SIDEXIS XG 2 Click on Configuration of the X ray components The Configuration of the X ray components menu opens 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 47 4 General operating procedures 4 2 Updating the firmware 48 6 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Delete component 001019A02443 17229 84 250 259 0 0 Select the Attributes tab Click the Software update button The dialog box for entering the service password opens Enter the service password Enter the first 4 digits of the current system date in reverse order as the service password e g on 05 24 1995 5042 must be entered as the service password If an incorrect service password or no password at all is entered the limited update menu for users will be started This only s
128. a te Gunatoniteaunne ahehedei eine ReutimeGeeeeaciiens 205 oo Z 009 TSU StS O e n e a 207 9 8 9 9009 TESESSP lonnan a nna duaansnanioelapuaenncadey 209 S011 Dosimetry without ring movement cccccseeeeeeees cece eeseeeeeeeeeeetaees 211 ok SOT TESUSIED Soeria E daugeneudoubdnesteusedsiee dele 211 992 DOVE TESSEN TZ aa oanehinadaaabemnadedagbiinbacubesinasenehenann 212 S012 CAN DUS SEVICE sorio A noecicnhuheldaaian cuenta bau tadel tt 213 STOT OO BOSE SUS Druitt sratentedsniananaduntd serie vubtniauthtGoladend Rated shat entetaa hewitt 213 8 192 S012 TESE SICD 2 is ice cats a a 215 8 103 S012 TEST SIED heen a dase eeneserke 216 8104 S012 TeStSlED A ronie nesticcsimondactaviedentadntenataenteguninetiawsacmnaccans 217 S017 COMMOUFATION SENICE nadarna arei 218 Orie bo ICE TESUSICD 2 nanpa ares eandcedann aeacies eo aeanecanced 218 011 2 S017 POSUSICD SO cctuercccnciansiadesiancvonsas estar dctaecaneae enna meoinetanusateasetaare te 220 Oe eo DOW TOSE SIS D Oc sit fac lei taraern mata ma tse sina stuaetamilt iedabhatatuamenee tactae 221 8 114 S017 POSE SIC D5 visas isznatehindevuanncacdeas dendadansaiinated ent otouakahandantonsas eae eaienn 222 811S 017 TSE SIC DO rri T det 223 Onl Or SOM TSE SISD arrien aaa a i 225 8 117 S017 TESESIED T3 rnn a E ones 226 8 118 SOT TSE SISD Taea AE NA EE 227 SITI SOI TESESIED T reana a er 229 Oe PO SUNT NESE SIC D2 aera a A a T 230 S018 Service for height adjustment ec ceeccceeecceee
129. ae S gt 303 correct the configuration if necessary S gt 121 Occurs in the start screen after power on Check the signal path from board DX1 to board DX42 replace module if necessary S Check the CAN bus S gt 70 Check remote control by running service routine 8017 6 configure if necessary Start the detail query via SiIXABCon If board DX11 responds S gt 324 e Check the signal path to DX42 repair or S gt 303 replace cables connectors if necessary e Replace DX1 Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch on the unit making sure that the remote control is not pressed during booting Repeat procedure and check function If the error occurs repeatedly e Replace remote control see Installation Instructions E3 42 31 Release button pressed during e see section Error analysis of X RAY S gt 135 power on control signal path gt 135 The hardware signal for radiation release is applied on board DX42 when the unit is switched on Location 71 Multipad board DX71 E6 71 01 General error during module e Please contact the Sirona Customer initialization Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 303 Replace board DX71 or Multipad S gt 265 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 109 E6 71 02
130. age type and adjust the measuring range to match the expected readings Keep to the prescribed cool off periods if several exposures have to be taken to check a measured value Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling printed circuit boards ESD Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards CAN bus cable When unplugging CAN bus cables it is essential to unplug the power supply as well Error logging memory The error logging memory is part of the extended details Timestamp 2006 03 06 2006 03 06 2006 03 06 2006 03 06 2006 03 06 2006 03 07 2006 03 07 Categorie Message Message Message Message Message Error Sidexis Message Message Logbook started Recording started Value Recording stopped Recording started Value Recording stopped ES 14 04 ERR_SOCKET SidErr ERR_SOCKET_ERROR SockErr EPIPE Logbook started 9000 9000 2006 03 0 2006 03 0 2006 03 0 2006 03 0 2006 03 0 2006 03 0 2006 03 0 2006 03 0 2006 03 0 2006 03 0 7 7 7 T7 T 7 7 7 T 7 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Message Message Message Message Message Message Message Message Message Message B Recording Recording Recording Recording Recording Recording Recording Recording Recording Recording started stopped started stopped started stopped started cance
131. ages Please also observe the whether a bug fix by means of a causal error message It appears software update is possible and only after you acknowledge the first perform such an update if necessary error message E6 07 04 Data transfer error or dialog error to Check the CAN bus module master side e Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E6 07 05 Data transfer error or dialog error to Repeat the software update S gt 47 bootloader of module e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 Only occurs in connection with e Replace user interface with electronics S gt 265 software update DX7 see E6 07 06 Module failed in TTP detected on master side e Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 This error may also occur in Service Center CSC to find out connection with other causal error whether a bug fix by means of a messages Please also observe the software update is possible and causal error message It appears perform such an update if necessary only after you acknowledge the first Replace user interface with electronics S gt 265 error message DX7 TTP Time Trigger Protocol 64 26 345 D3437 88 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 see E6 07 07 TTP timeout error detected on e Check the CAN bus slave side e Check power supply of board DX11 yy The module w
132. any other unit 1 Switch the unit on Do not acknowledge any error messages at this time 2 Install the current SIDEXIS XG software version V2 5 6 or higher If the current version of SIDEXIS XG is a patch version the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version 3 Update the software to version V04 12 00 or higher via automatic update gt 47 Even if you are using a DX11 that already has the same software version as the overall system the software must still be updated to this version again so that an administrative entry can be made in the memory of the DX11 4 Switch off the unit 5 Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The error message E6 15 05 undefined system serial number is displayed The message No Key is displayed on the Easypad Acknowledge the error message with the R key Call the service menu gt 180 Call service routine S008 3 gt 204 Enter the unit serial number found on the nameplate of the unit gt 204 IMPORTANT Any serial number which is unknown to the unit will not be accepted by the unit The serial number entered must be identical to the number on the nameplate of the unit If an inadmissible serial number is entered the input will not be accepted and the serial number can be entered again 10 Switch off the unit 11 Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on In systems
133. aphragm unit Attaching the covers Removing the covers Removing the diaphragm unit 2 0 4 gt Reattach the cover plate To install the diaphragm follow the procedure for removing it in reverse order IMPORTANT Note the order for installing the filters The image quality will be impaired if the filters are installed in the wrong sequence Insert the aluminum filter D first followed by the copper filter M gt gt Reattach the covers NOTICE Do not force on the adjusting knob Make sure the locking function of the adjusting knob works properly when setting the button in place Set the adjusting knob in place with the silicone ring Replacing the X ray tube assembly GALILEOS Comfort PLUS 1 2 1 2 Pull off the adjusting knob with the silicone ring Remove the Tube assembly and Rear tube assembly covers gt 36 Turn the rotating element so that the tube assembly as viewed from the front is located on the right side of the unit i e not above the swivel arm Loosen the two lower screws A approx 2 to 3 turns Push the diaphragm B upward and then toward the front 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Removing the defective X ray tube assembly 1 Loosen the four screws A and remove cover plate B incl the cable shielding L3 Caution Also pull cable L3 off connector X3 and the ground cable off connector X304 on board DX6
134. arked If the grounding straps do not have correct contact Fasten the grounding straps correctly 2 Perform a visual inspection of the grounding straps for damage If the grounding straps are damaged Replace the grounding straps Checking the cable shields Shield on the tube assembly 64 26 345 D3437 338 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 10 Maintenance Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 10 7 Checking the cable shields Shield on the X ray detector Shield on the housing Check whether the cable shielding is OK gt Perform a visual and hands on inspection of the cable shields to ensure that they have complete and firm contact at the positions marked If the cable shields do not have correct contact Fasten the cable shields correctly 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 339 Checking the protective ground wires DANGER Perilous shock hazard It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least one more 1 minute before beginning the check 1 Switch the line voltage off at the main switch of the building installation 2 Disconnect the power cable and the second protective ground wire from the building installation 3 Remove the bottom profile front tube assembly and rear tube assembly covers Measuring setup for protective ground wire test Ammeter Power source Measuring point A central protective ground
135. as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 4 S002 Radiation without rotary movement selectable kV mA level and maximum 002 Radiation without rotary movement selectable kV mA level and maximum radiation time se see union SSCS S002 BP X ray beam test 002 5 Yes Long term exposure with fixed radiation intervals from any position SR service routine SHZ security access S002 Test step 5 Long term exposure with fixed radiation intervals from any position Unit is radiating X rays Excess exposure to X rays is detrimental to health gt Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection gt Do not stay in the X ray room during exposure Move as far away from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you to Selection field Parameters Range of values 1 kV mA level 85kV 5MA 85 kV 7 mA 2 Radiation time Factory setting 1 Call service routine S002 5 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 191 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 5 S005 General X ray tube assembly service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 2 Use the arrow keys A to select the required kV mA level and the required radiation time see table 85KV 7MA 3 Initiate the radiation The maximum set radiation time has elapsed IMPORTANT If you let go of the release button before the maximum radiation time has elapsed radiation is terminated pr
136. as temporarily not measuring point 3 3 V on board DX1 addressed by the master see wiring diagrams e Undervoltage on the master If 3 3 V is present S gt 302 side e Replace board DX11 Procedure error in the software If 3 3 V is not present S gt 302 Master DX11 receives no e Replace board DX1 return commanding from the module This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages Please also observe the causal error message It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message TTP Time Trigger Protocol E6 07 08 General fault detected locally on e Check the CAN bus module slave side CAN controller e Check software versions on the info being reinitialized screen or by running service routine 008 2 perform software update if necessary e Replace user interface with electronics S gt 265 DX7 e Please contact the Sirona Customer S 47 Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E7 07 10 Module is stuck in bootloader stage Check user interface with electronics DX7 note LED states If the board remains in the bootloader S gt 47 stage e Repeat the software update e Replace user interface with electronics S gt 265 DX7 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 89 e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 This error is a sequential fault
137. avel height press Memory key B R key C lights up followed by R key C i 4 Set the mechanical limit stop at the unit Loosen nut D and move mechanical limit stop E for the limit switch The next time the UP key is pressed the unit stops 10 mm below the limit switch k D until it engages Tighten nut D again 5 Exit the service routine gt 190 l f Ls na O a a W E A W S018 Test step 3 Undo the maximum travel height setting 1 Call service routine 8018 3 gt 182 Once the service routine has been selected the current height position is displayed in selection field 1 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 233 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 12 S018 Service for height adjustment Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 2 To undo the maximum travel height setting press Memory key B R key C Easypad or LED above R key C lights up followed by R key C 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 S018 Test step 4 Check the height adjustment sensor system This service routine is used to move the unit up or down as far as the limit switches using the Up Down keys on the control panel The soft limit positions set by the software are ignored in this case Display on the control Status panel Patient symbol key 1 Correction swit
138. be collected curbside at your address at the agreed time and date All disassembly transport and packaging costs are to be borne by the owner operator of the equipment The disposal itself is free of charge 345 11 Dismantling and disposal Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 11 2 Disposal Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Worldwide outside Germany Please contact your local dental equipment specialist for country specific information on disposal The X ray tube assembly for this product contains an X ray tube with a potential implosion hazard a small amount of beryllium a lead lining and mineral oil The unit contains counterbalancing weights made of lead 64 26 345 D3437 346 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 12 Service Manual History Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Service Manual History Version 1 Service Manual valid as of February 2013 Software version V04 12 00 Software version V04 14 00 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 347 We reserve the right to make any alterations which may be required due to technical improvements Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 2013 Sprache englisch Printed in Germany D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 A Nr 117 260 pp Sirona Dental Systems GmbH in the USA Fabrikstra e 31 Sirona Dental Systems LLC Order No 64 26 345 D3437 64625 Bensheim 4835 Sirona Drive Suite 100 Germany Charlotte NC 28273 www sirona com USA
139. ble protective ground wire control cables and data cables If cables exhibit external damage Replace the respective cable gt 324 Checking the tube data Checking the tube voltage 1 Attach the Mult O Meter sensor in the middle of the X ray detector 2 Set the main switch A to I see also Operating Instructions 3 Wait for approx 1 minute 4 Press the R key The unit moves to its starting position Call the Service menu and the Service routine S002 5 see Service Manual Select kV mA level 85 kV 7 mA and 4 seconds of radiation time see Service Manual 333 Analyzing measurements Concluding the measurement Preparing the measurement Performing measurements Analyzing measurements 334 3 CAUTION Activating the release button triggers X rays Release radiation Hold the release button pressed until the set radiation time has expired gt Read the voltage values on the display of the Mult O Meter IMPORTANT The measured tube voltage must correspond with the tube voltage set of 85kV The permissible tolerance is 10 Ifthe measured values do not fall within the permissible tolerance range replace the tube assembly see Service Manual Ifthe measured values are within the permissible tolerance range finalize the measurement 1 Exit the service routine 2 Switch the unit on via switch A see also Operating Instructions Checking the radiation ti
140. ble in the image diaphragm opening too small D the diaphragm must be adjusted mechanically gt 171 If the exposure is OK A B confirm this by clicking the check box located to the right of the Diaphragm open button The box will appear checked The adjustment for the open diaphragm diaphragm setting is now complete The Diaphragm open button is selectable in the Image acquisition menu area Continue the calibration procedure with the adjustment of the upper jaw diaphragm setting The Aqjustment calibration menu is called gt 147 The element Diaphragm is selected under 3D Adjustment calibration in the structure tree S030 5 The Upper jaw button is selectable in the mage acquisition menu area Click on the Upper jaw button in the mage acquisition menu area The Diaphragm menu is displayed in the action area Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the maxillary exposure position Click the Upper jaw button SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151 Service routine S030 5 is displayed on the control panel Take an exposure gt 151 Evaluate the image 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Upper jaw Adjustment of the Lower jaw diaphragm setting 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 r 3 Adjustment OK Bo Adjustment not OK The upper edge of the lower lead diaphragm must be within
141. bles for CAMAGE cccccecceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeeseeeenenees 333 10 4 gt Checking the tube data icsgeedscvitxncactindeluldedeoncd Mencia 333 10 4 1 Checking the tube Voltage cccccccseececeseecceseeceeeeeeeeseceeeesseeeesees 333 10 4 2 Checking the radiation time cccccsececcsseeeceeeeceeeeecegeeseneeseeeeeeas 334 10 4 3 Checking the fan and temperature Sensor ccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 335 10 5 Checking the idling rollers cccccccccecceceeeeeeeeceeeeceeseeeeseeeesaeesaueeseeesaeeess 336 10 6 Checking the grounding Straps ccccccccseccceeeceeeeceeesseeeaeeeseeeeseeseeeesaeees 337 10 7 Checking the cable ShieldsS cccccccceecccseeceeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeaaeeseeeeseeeseeeeseees 338 10 8 Checking the protective ground wires ccceccceeccceeeceeeeceeeeeeeseneeseeeeaaeees 340 10 9 Checking the device leakage current cccceccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeesaaeees 343 Dismantling ANG CISPOSAl we vesesceeeveletent en iese N EE AEAEE S ENR 345 11 1 Dismantling and reinstallation ccc ccccceeeceeece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 345 UZ DISPO Sala E ws seesae nn Ghent net edas ohancas nen toe 345 Senice MANUAL HIStO Yunesko ie E e EEN EEREN AAEE EREN 347 02 04 2013 11 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 About this Service Manual Scope This Service Manual describes the service work for the digital volume tomog
142. bruary 2013 GALILEOS J Service key Different functions depending on service routine Most however confirm a selection or the activation of the next test step T est rotation key Start a test L R eturn key Move the unit to the starting position or confirm a save operation M Double arrow key Return to the main menu Wrench symbol Displayed if level 4 service menu is activated Multipad lt x O gt 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 2 Service menu and service routines X ray lamp Caution Radiation is being released Selection field 1 Display fields for service routines test 8 digits steps values unit parameters etc Selection field 2 4 digits Selection field 3 4 digits Arrow keys Touch the and arrow keys to select unit parameters in the selection fields Select parameters gt 187 H Patient symbol keys Different functions depending on service routine Memory key Service key Different functions depending on service routine Most however confirm a selection or the activation of the next test step T est rotation key Start a test R eturn key Move the unit to the starting position or confirm a save operation R 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 179 8 Perform service routines via the control
143. c downward movement of the slide during service by fixing the slide and the spindle holder The clamp A should be clamped under the slide The locking pin B is used to secure the spindle holder against twisting It must be ensured that no one is located underneath the ring arm during the repair Moving the slide with the height adjustment service kit REF 62 57 518 Move the slide 9 1 Insert the clamp through the opening A in the stand and rotate it 90 Tighten the nut securely 2 Loosen the two screws C and remove the cover D 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 251 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 2 Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 Remove the 1st screw E on the spindle holder F 4 Insert the locking pin B into this opening 5 Remove the 2nd screw E on the spindle holder 6 Attach the socket wrench SW19 to the spindle Remove the locking pin and then turn the slide up to the desired height using the socket wrench Clockwise rotation of spindle slide moves up Counterclockwise rotation of spindle slide moves down 7 Reinsert the locking pin Locking the slide gt Now move the clamp A directly underneath the slide The slide is now locked in this position for furth
144. cable to board DX6 and plug the connector of the new fiber optic cable to the same color assignment on board DX6 Cable replacement L3 L5 L6 and L15 Laying the cable corrugated tube at the rotation unit NOTICE The connectors and cables must be protected by inserting them in the fabric tube A supplied with the cables Prepare the cable exchange 1 Remove the covers 2 Pull the connectors off board DX6 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 325 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 13 Cable Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Replacing cables 1 For L3 Remove the connector of the cable with tool W1 2 Remove the corrugated tube and the spiral spring B from the cable loom 3 Remove the defective cable and run the new cable up to the rotary ring in the original position 4 Bunch the cables together again to form a loom 5 Fasten the defective cable to the loom and use it as a pull wire to pull the loom through the fabric tube A 6 Pullthe fabric tube over the connector and as far over the cable loom as possible 7 Use the pull wire to pull the fabric tube into the spiral spring B 64 26 345 D3437 326 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Laying the corrugated tube or cable at the rotation unit 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Slide the corrugated tube over the spiral spring Remove the fabric tube and the pull wire Lay the corrugated tubes and cables back in their
145. ch activated not lit Correction switch not activated Lower limit switch activated i not lit Lower limit switch not activated Upper limit switch activated not lit Upper limit switch not activated 64 26 345 D3437 234 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Patient symbol key 2 Patient symbol key 3 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 12 S018 Service for height adjustment 1 Call service routine S018 4 gt 182 Once the service routine has been selected the current height position is displayed in selection field 1 Patient symbol keys 1 to 3 F show the switching state of the limit switches see table If the patient symbol key Easypad or the LED above the patient symbol key Multipad is lit the corresponding switch is activated i e the unit is at a position value greater than 1500 2 Use the UP DOWN keys on the control panel to move the unit up and down and use the patient symbol keys F to check the switching states 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 S018 Test step 5 Setting the minimum travel height Setting the minimum travel height is possible only for a unit height that is below the lower correction switch level lt position value of 1500 1 In user mode move the unit to the required minimum travel height by pressing the Up Down keys A 2 Call service routine S018 5 gt 182 Once
146. ching on the unit switching on Does the error message recur Short circuit in coiled cable of release button A2 e Replace release button Yes A2 e Replace cable L108 No Fault is removed Error messages with and without installed remote control J E3 13 40 Short circuit in signal path between Replace cable L117 or L108 S gt 324 board DX11 and release button A2 Replace board DX S gt 303 during power on Replace board DX11 E6 13 41 Release signal missing on board Replace cable L117 or L108 S gt 324 DX11 at start of exposure Replace board DXi S gt 303 Replace board DX11 E3 13 42 Short circuit in signal path between Replace cable L117 or L108 S gt 324 board DX11 and release button A2 Replace board DX1 S gt 303 during operation of the unit Replace board DX11 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 137 Error analysis of X RAY control signal path from unit serial number 3201 without board DX41 Error and help messages with remote control installed E3 42 31 E3 13 40 occur in combination after the unit is switched on with the door contact closed Switch the unit off and then on again Ensure that release button A2 is not activated while Was the release button A2 activated while switching on the unit switching on Do the error messages recur Short circuit in coiled cable of release button A2 or on membrane keyb
147. ck in and observe the unit s behavior 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 121 6 Troubleshooting Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 6 2 Checking the CAN bus Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Re measure the ohmic resistance between the CAN H and CAN L measuring pins of connector X310 Resistance 1209 or 09 Resistance 609 Fault in the electrical CAN bus connection Check cable L117 or manual trigger A2 without remote control Is cable L117 or manual trigger A2 correctly connected Yes Check correct position of jumpers on board DX1 Plug in jumpers correctly Are the jumpers set correctly Fault in cabling at plug connectors or in the modules es Establish plug connection Check CAN connector from board N DX1 to the connected modules O 04 Z0 545 VDS45 122 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Locate the problematic component or defective cable using the elimination process Cyclical test with bridging the components Replacement cable available Cyclical test with wandering replacement cable Make the connection with the replacement cable for each module in succession and measure the ohmic resistance on board DX1 at connector X310 between measuring pins CAN H and CAN L in each case Jumper the individual bus outputs to the modules in succession and re measure the ohmic resistance on board DX1 at connector X310
148. cover plate and the tube assembly cover by following the dismantling procedure in reverse order Bootmode Default Type 100 Network Name GALILEOS Net MAC address 0002361 24d IF address 192 168 15 240 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Default gateway 192 168 15 1 Met AFI version 1 Met AFI revision 15 Demomode Gn Switching off demo mode 1 Switch off the unit DANGER Perilous shock hazard It is essential to switch off the unit and to wait at least another 4 minutes before taking off the covers of the X ray tube assembly 2 Remove the Rear tube assembly cover gt 36 64 26 345 D3437 14 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 3 Remove the cover plate of board DX6 gt 268 4 Set the dip switch S2 DX6 to position 1 5 Connect cable L5 XRAY to connector J6 J103 DX6 Radiation release is now once again possible 6 Only possible with the Easypad Switch on the unit and check the mode on the info screen Demo mode ON means that Demo mode is switched on radiation release is not possible Demo mode OFF means that Demo mode is switched off radiography X ray radiation are possible 7 Switch the unit off again and reattach the cover plate and the tube assembly cover by following the dismantling procedure in reverse order Important information for repacking and transport IMPORTANT If a used carton on which one of the shockwatch or tiltwatch indicators has already been tr
149. crews If the center of the ring cannot be fully adjusted using the screws C then proceed with adjusting the swivel arm Otherwise the mechanical adjustment is now complete and you may begin calibration 6 Re attach the arm cover Adjusting the swivel arm Perform this adjustment only if the measured values are out of tolerance gt 154 1 Remove the swivel arm cover Move the swivel arm to the entry position loosen the internal grid slightly bend the housing upwards and remove it by pulling towards the pivot joint of the swivel arm 64 26 345 D3437 170 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 5 Mechanical adjustments 2 Loosen screw A slightly 3 NOTICE Do not forget to tighten screw A again Otherwise the clearance and play of the swivel arm is not ensured Adjust the swivel arm with the eccentric screw B Hold the eccentric screw securely in place and tighten screw A again IMPORTANT The swivel arm is shown here without the control panel for purposes of clarity 4 Re attach the swivel arm cover To do this position the nose C in the groove of the swivel arm and press the cover on until it snaps in place Diaphragm adjustment Preparations 1 Pull off the adjusting knob with the silicone ring 2 Remove the Front tube assembly and Rear tube assembly covers Adjusting the co
150. cted the T key B lights up 3 Touch the T key B The CAN status registers for the module called e g CAN Siate DX6 are displayed If values deviate from zero it points to a problematic CAN bus connection CAN Error Comp Overrum Error Receiver War Receiver Error Transmit Warn Transmit Error 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 S012 Test step 3 Resetting the CAN status registers IMPORTANT Run this service routine as required before service routine S012 2 64 26 345 D3437 216 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 1 Call service routine S012 3 gt 182 Once the service routine has been selected the Memory key A lights up 2 To delete the CAN bus registers press the Memory key A R key lights up followed by the R key B 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 S012 Test step 4 Display of CAN bus cycle on LEDs of modules a FS LED display on the modules is switched off 01 LED display on the modules is switched on Factory setting 1 Call service routine S012 4 gt 182 After selecting the service routine selection field 1 displays the code for the current setting of the display see table 2 Use the arrow keys A in selection field 1 to select the required code and confirm your selection by pressing the T key B 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 The LEDs on the
151. d at the white surface area 2 Select the menu item SERVICE 3 Press the Enter Auto White Balance button The Auto White Balance dialog box opens 4 Wait until the status LEDs light up 5 Press the Auto White Balance button The white balance starts During this time the LEDs of the Facescan are on for the duration of the white balance The white balance takes a minimum of 2 minutes up to 20 minutes in the event of errors In the event of errors If the white balance does not work then the white balance procedure must be repeated The Facescan restarts The white balance is complete Mechanical adjustments Ring center adjustment NOTICE Perform this adjustment only if the measured values are out of tolerance gt 154 1 Remove the arm cover 2 Move the ring center to the left or right NOTICE Do not undo the screws completely Make sure that spring B does not pop out This spring has a defined prestress Loosen the four screws A slightly 3 Correct the position carefully and then retighten the screws 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 169 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 5 Mechanical adjustments Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 Move the ring center to the left or right NOTICE Do not undo the screws completely Loosen the four screws C slightly 5 Correct the position carefully and then retighten the s
152. d completely The CAN bus browser opens eo O 6 O amp D O G amp O amp a e a m a m E m 28 a 2 In the lower area select the CAN bus link 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 7 S008 Update service CAN Bus Trace 0163006_ 76 RX 0x401 0x06 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Ox00 0163010 785 Rx 0x481 0x08 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0163012 7768 Rx 0x181 0x06 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x02 0x00 0x00 0183020 802 Tx 0x001 0x08 0x18 0x27 0x09 0x19 0x01 Ox6f 0x00 0x00 0183022 780 Tx 0x080 0x06 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0183024 803 Tx 0x100 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0183026 794 Tx 0x200 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0183028 781 Tx 0x280 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0183030 801 Tx 0x300 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0183032 806 Tx 0x400 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0183034 798 Tx 0x500 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0163036 88 Tx 0x480 0x06 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0183038 802 Tx 0x180 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0183040 784 Tx Ox700 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x595 0x55 0x55 0x55 0183042 784 Tx Ox780 0x08 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0x55 0183046 790 Rx 0x081 0x08 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x04 0x00 0183048 790 Rx 0x101 0x08 0x
153. d of as domestic refuse Please observe the disposal regulations applicable in your country Disposal procedure We advise that this product is subject to the stipulations in EC guideline 2002 96 governing waste electrical and electronic equipment and must be disposed of in line with these special requirements within the European Union EU Prior to disassembly disposal of the product it must be fully prepared cleaned disinfected sterilized When disposing of equipment permanently please proceed as follows In Germany To initiate return of the electrical device please send a disposal order to enretec GmbH 1 You can find a form for placing a disposal order on the company s homepage www enretec de under the menu item Entsorgung elektrischer und elektronischer Ger te Disposal of electric and electronic devices The form can either be downloaded or completed online 2 Fill out the form with the corresponding details and send it either as an online order or fax it to enretec GmbH at 49 0 3304 3919 590 You can also get in touch with the following contacts for disposal orders and any questions relating to this you may have Phone 49 0 3304 3919 500 By e mail pickup eomRECYCLING com Mailing address enretec GmbH Gesch ftsbereich eomRECYCLING Kanalstrasse 17 16727 Velten Your equipment that is not permanently installed will be collected in the practice while your permanently installed equipment will
154. dule P to the place provided in the stand with two screws K and a nut L MPORTANT The locking catch of the RJ45 plug of Ethernet cable L77 is secured with adhesive tape N gt Remove the adhesive tape N from the RJ45 plug of Ethernet cable L77 3 Plug Ethernet cable L77 into the POE socket of the PoE module 64 26 345 D3437 296 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 9 Repair 9 9 FaceScan Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 To fasten slide the cable cover 1 downwards again as far as possible Mo SS ee SN Iy Pull cable L7 from the SC SC socket Plug cable L7 into the BU2 socket of the PoE module Plug cable L71 into the BU1 socket of the PoE module Plug cable L71 into the SC SC socket IMPORTANT Cable L76 must be routed behind the mains filter plate J 5 6 7 8 29 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 10 Head fixation device Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 Route cable L76 behind the mains filter plate to the terminal K1 10 Connect cable L77 BN brown to terminal K1 1 orange 11 Connect cable L77 WH white to terminal K1 2 orange 12 Fasten cable L76 as low as possible downwards with the cable clamp G 13 Refit the bottom profile cover Head fixation device Replacing receptacle element for head fixation for unit with head fixation device Re
155. e switching on the unit switching on Do the error messages recur Short circuit in coiled cable of release button A2 or on membrane keyboard of remote control Yes e Replace coiled cable e Replace display board DX42 of remote control No Fault is removed E3 42 31 occurs once after the unit is switched on Hardware fault on display board DX42 or short circuit in coiled cable of release button A2 or on membrane keyboard of remote control e Replace release button A2 e Replace remote control 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 135 E6 13 43 occurs once during operation of the unit Was the door contact opened during the exposure e Acknowledge error message with R key e Close door contact e Repeat the exposure Yes e Check door contact repair if necessary e Replace cable L117 e Replace remote control H321 is triggered at start of exposure e Close door contact e Start exposure again Is the door contact open Is the help message displayed again e Check door contact Fault has been repair if necessary removed e Replace cable L117 64 26 345 D3437 136 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Error messages without installed remote control E3 13 40 occurs after the unit is switched on Switch the unit off and then on again Ensure that release button A2 is not activated while Was the release button A2 activated while swit
156. e the error codes are sorted by the location or function unit where the error has occurred For enhanced clarity the corresponding ID in the error code is printed in bold type Location 06 Tube assembly DX6 E6 06 01 General error during module e Please contact the Sirona Customer initialization Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 268 e Replace the tube assembly E6 06 02 Invalid system data or uninitialized Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 module storage data Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary see E6 06 03 Invalid commanding of control data Check the CAN bus CAN bus error e Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 This error may also occur in Service Center CSC to find out connection with other causal error whether a bug fix by means of a messages Please also observe the software update is possible and causal error message It appears perform such an update if necessary only after you acknowledge the first error message E6 06 04 Data transfer error or dialog error to Check the CAN bus S gt 121 module master side e Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of
157. e and mobile RF communications equipment may interfere with medical electrical equipment Therefore the use of mobile wireless phones in medical office or hospital environments must be prohibited Electrostatic discharge Electrostatic discharge abbreviated ESD ElectroStatic Discharge Electrostatic discharge from people can damage electronic components when the components are touched Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards Switching the unit on Due to the risk of injury caused by malfunction no person may be positioned in the unit when it is switched on 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Condensation Extreme fluctuations of temperature may cause condensation inside the unit Do not switch the unit on before it has reached normal room temperature See also Technical Data Laser light localizer LASER KLASSE 1 The system incorporates Class 1 laser products CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT _ nO APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1 E A minimum distance of 10 cm 4 is required between the eye and the al laser Do not stare into the beam A N a phaina Do not use the system with any other lasers and do not make any ugus i 7 ce TA changes to settings or processes that are not described in these Comalieg taht 21 CER 1090 30 prey TUTI operating instructions This may lead to a dangerous exposure to excepi for deviations oursant bo Laser Nolice No 50 dated June 24 2007 radiation
158. e application Perform service routine S009 7 copy data S gt 209 from DX11 to board DX89 S gt 279 Replace the X ray detector Please report this event to the Customer Service Center to help us improve the product Perform service routine S009 7 copy data from DX11 to board DX89 Replace the X ray detector Please report this event to the Customer Service Center to help us improve the product Location 11 Power PC Board DX11 Program sequence error e Reset the entire calibration of the unit and readjust the unit e Replace board DX11 S gt 305 Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary e Acknowledge error and repeat procedure Pp If the error occurs again P E6 11 02 64 26 345 D3437 Watchdog error D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 e Acknowledge error and repeat procedure If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 305 e Replace board DX11 93 E6 11 03 Operating system resource error e Acknowledge error and repeat procedure fe If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 305 e Replace board DX11 E7 11 04 Implausible data in EEPROM e Check the unit configuration via service S gt 218 routines S017 and S018 and reconfigure if S gt 232 necessary e Check calibration with diaphragm test S exposures If the calibration is
159. eached home Check the ring drive mechanism manually S gt 261 position for smooth and easy running replace the ring motor or mechanism if necessary e Check light barrier V1_3 X804 replace if S gt 132 necessary S gt 302 e Replace board DX1 S gt 303 E4 13 22 Ring motor has not left home Check the ring drive mechanism manually S gt 261 position for smooth and easy running replace the ring motor or mechanism if necessary e Check light barrier V1_3 X804 replace if S gt 132 necessary S gt 302 e Replace board DX1 S gt 304 E5 13 23 Malfunction of ring motor during e Acknowledge error Pp operation If the error occurs again S gt 303 e Replace board DX1 E4 13 24 Ring motor position counter error Check the ring drive mechanism manually S gt 261 for smooth and easy running replace the ring motor or mechanism if necessary Check light barrier V1_3 X804 replace if S gt 132 necessary S gt 302 e Replace board DX1 S gt 303 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 97 E6 13 27 E6 13 28 Ring motor is not ready for This error is a sequential fault operation Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages Error when activating ring motor This error is a sequential fault Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute S
160. ears only after you acknowledge the first error message Run service routine S008 2 to check software version of DX42 in relation to main software releases perform software update if necessary Check the CAN bus Check the signal path from board DX1 to board DX42 replace module DX42 if necessary S gt 203 S gt 47 S gt 121 S gt 303 Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary Data transfer error or dialog error to module master side E6 42 04 Check the CAN bus S gt 121 Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E6 42 05 Data transfer error or dialog error to bootloader of module z Only occurs in connection with a software update Repeat the software update Check the CAN bus Replace board DX42 S gt 47 S gt 121 S gt 303 E6 42 06 Module failed in TTP detected on master side P TTP Time Trigger Protocol 106 Check the CAN bus Check the signal path from board DX1 to S gt 303 board DX42 replace module if necessary S gt 47 Replace board DX42 Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a soft
161. ee AE E E eee eee DA WR Ag LOCO 9 anemic ete a Se EAE Ce ey 5 4 4 General handling of error MESSAGES ccccececeececeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeesaeees 2 0 SEISHONEMOFIMESSADSS ciehceecsetoel chilis ei a a So iauaioinaueectel 5 5 1 Location 06 Tube assembly DXG ccccccccecceeeec seca eeeeeeseeeseeesaees 99 2 Location OF Easypad DX ieie iner e teal Sis shee eats 5 5 3 Location 10 System Nardware cccccccsccceececseeeceeeceeeeseeeeseeesaaees 5 5 4 Location 11 Power PC Board DX11 ccccceccceeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeees 99 Location 12 CAN DUS seei tances atebiehees a table ed Meant hae 5 5 6 Location 13 Stand Peripherals icce a 5 5 7 Location 14 Digital extension SIDEXIS XG eccceecceeeeee ees 5 5 8 Location 15 Configuration update cccccccceeceseeeceeeeseeeeeeeesaeees 5 5 9 Location 42 Remote Control ccccccscccececseesseeseesaeeseseceeeseeesaees 5 5 10 Location 71 Multipad board DX7 1 cccceccecceeeceeeeeee ees eeseeeaeees 9 0 F1 Locating X ray detector erkin a EA a a ete TFOUDISSMOOUING reta a Rando eens keane eee hal dernco aceon 6 1 Enorloggno Memory secate cord e O 6 1 1 Example of error logging data cccccccceccceeceseeeeceseeeeeeseeeeeeeesaaess 6 2 Checking the CAN DUS ccccccccccsceceececeeeseeeeseeceseseeeeeseueesaeeeseeeseeesaees 6 2 1 Checking the CAN bus with the diagnostic function of board DX1 6 2 2 Jumper positio
162. eeeeeseeeeaeeesaneeseeeeaaees 232 o IZ2eb 016 TESUSICD 2 visaccnonuheie cans neieusaialar esp aoucheeeatecoamaueacaneerabaeneseees 232 912 2 9018 OSU SLCD S r e e tenastuacedies 233 8 122 S019 TEST SIED Ana e 234 8 124 S9018 TESUSICD D manor wena a aneenra 235 012 9 S9018 TOSUSICD O rrinin A 236 DUST NetWork SEVICE asr a smaanraleanaaghoarneeleanate 237 DTTO TEST SICD A aana aresesoeknaalsadageewnseuseand siesuwiecmmeenresanks 237 8I 2 091 LOSUSICD Zeraren 239 STS S0 A TESSEN rana a a 241 8194 O0Gl TOSESICD Ae a E EA 243 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 o Repair 9 3 9 4 9 5 9 6 9 7 9 8 64 26 345 D3437 Salely CHECK S uea N Height adjustment motor M1_4 SpINIe cece cece eeeceeeee sete eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes 9 2 1 Preparing for motor replacement ccceccseeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeteess 9 2 1 1 Moving the slide manually nissenana 9 2 2 Removing board DX32 essaat 9 2 3 Replacing the height adjustment motor spindle ccccseeee eee 9 2 4 Laying of cables when replacing the height adjustment motor 9 2 5 What has to be done after replacing the height adjustment motor M1_4 or the spindle RING MOO MIS site cxiccasaie stance a E a e N OA 9 3 1 Replacing the ring MOON ssimic a aA 9 3 2 Replacing the pinion at the ring motor anonnennnnnnnnnnennnnnnrennennnnnnne 9 3 3 Laying of cables when replacing the ring MotoOTr ccceeee seen ees 9 3
163. eesaeesseeesaaees 182 8 3 2 2 SEIECUNG a ESI SIC D nord ctiateaarebtecsuedteoatadvertenscdaese siteoedas 183 8 3 2 3 Service routines with security ACCESS cece cecceseeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeaeees 185 029 DCIECK Dal aIMClelS n a E A 187 934 Saving para mMmele Se O 188 8 3 5 Exiting the test step and service routine anonnennnnnnnnnnennennnrnrennne 190 S002 Radiation without rotary movement selectable kV mA level and 191 maximum radiation time 04 1 5002 TEStStED D rse EE ne E EE AE E A ENSTANS 191 S005 General X ray tube assembly service cccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteess 192 SO 9005 TESES lED 4 aia R 193 9 5 2 9005 TESl SED 5 ariere e E a aE A EA 193 BD D000 TESES O okar ns 194 S007 Error logging Memory ccccecccecceceeeceeceeeeecseeeseeceseueeseessneeseeeaeees 196 06 1 SOOT LOSE SISO T esa EAAS 196 O2 n SOOT OS ESED 2 aurai cs eratensiel aaitiauteais net ade ea aahens oaetdaee area eee 198 of spre mmm 010 grad otc Bic gt 6 ao a ene E E eee ee 200 8 6 3 1 Displaying the log with a Web browser cccceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 201 S006 Update SEVICE ayeni E ude aecsa cebu ecneneeeoean 203 oel S000 Te SE ED Zaraan a a A A E 203 Bhe 008 TeSt SlED Suriri a a AA Oa 204 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 7 8 8 8 9 8 10 8 11 8 12 8 13 S009 Flash TINE SY SIC ccceet eeu ndewedcwerdncansereunterveacinoesencudundescasidinaueasiaeeesenetedke 205 OO O09 TE ESED Arae atta
164. elected LED above or after pressing the T key patient symbol key 4 D number pad B4 is selected Factory setting Selection field Parameter Display Meaning 1 IP address default gateway or subnet mask of the unit or after pressing the T key selected digit 2 default Fixed address static Fixed address modified setting dynamic Automatic address assignment Factory setting 1 Call service routine S037 4 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 13 S037 Network service Once the service routine has been selected the IP address of the unit is displayed in selection field 1 Easypad DEFAULT STATIC or DYNAMIC is displayed in 192 168 15 240 selection field 2 see table DEFAULT 2 Youcan display various items of network data in selection field 1 by pressing the patient symbol keys A B or C see table The patient symbol key selected in each case Easypad or the LED above the patient symbol key selected in each case Multipad lights up 3 Tochange the selected parameter first press the T key E 4 Now use the patient symbol keys to select the required number pad 1 4 A D see also table A Number pad B1 B Number pad B2 C Number pad B3 D Number pad B4 The patient symbol key selected in each case Easypad or the LE
165. ematurely and the exposure is interrupted The actual radiation time is not displayed When you release radiation during the cool down interval a countdown of the remaining waiting time is displayed in the header of the control panel or in selection field 2 on the Multipad automatic exposure blocking 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 S005 General X ray tube assembly service sooo fe nn Oo S005 ee General X ray tube assembly service 005 5 No Temperature sensor test single tank 005 8 Yes Automatic adjustment of pulse preheating SR service routine SA security access 64 26 345 D3437 192 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 5 S005 General X ray tube assembly service S005 Test step 4 Fan test i o ano OOO Factory setting 1 Call service routine S005 4 gt 182 2 Use the arrow keys A in selection field 1 to select the code 01 see table 3 Confirm your selection by pressing the R key B The fan starts up 4 Check the fan for running noise 5 Exit the service routine gt 190 Upon exiting the service routine the fan is automatically switched off again S005 Test step 5 Temperature sensor test single tank 1 Call service routine S005 5 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 193 8 Perform service routines via the con
166. er on Patient symbol pressed during power on e Start the detail query via SiXABCon S gt 70 If board DX11 responds S gt 324 e Check the signal path to DX71 repair or S gt 303 replace cables connectors if necessary e Replace board DX1 Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit ON making sure that the Multipad is not actuated during boot up Repeat procedure and check function If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 303 e Replace board DX71 or Multipad S gt 265 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Location 89 oe detector E6 89 01 General error during module Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 initialization Service Center CSC to find out whether IS gt 133 a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if S gt 324 necessary S gt 127 S gt 303 S gt 279 Check cable L27 L28 replace if necessary Check board DX89 replace if necessary Check x ray detector replace if necessary As of X ray detector serial number 5000 cable L28 can no longer be replaced individually E6 89 02 Invalid system data or uninitialized Please contact the Sirona Customer module storage data Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary e Acknowledge error and repeat procedure
167. er repair work Moving the slide without the height adjustment service kit REF 62 57 518 Move the slide 1 Loosen the two screws C and remove the cover D 64 26 345 D3437 252 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 2 Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle 2 Loosen the 1st of the two screws E on the spindle holder F 3 Attach the socket wrench SW19 to the spindle Hold it firmly in place while you unscrew the 2nd of the two screws E CAUTION If the socket wrench has to be reset secure the spindle holder against turning e g by using a screw 4 Rotate the spindle holder using a socket wrench SW19 to move the slide to the required height Clockwise rotation of spindle slide moves up Counterclockwise rotation of spindle slide moves down 5 After reaching the desired target position secure the position again using the two screws E CAUTION Before replacing the height adjustment motor the slide must be secured in this position 1 Make a mark at the position of the upper limit stop 2 Loosen nut G on the upper profile clamp H and remove the upper limit stop J from the stand 3 Install limit stop J above the lower limit stop so that there is a distance of 37 cm betwee
168. er side a Check x ray detector replace if S gt 279 necessary S Ps 47 Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E6 89 07 TTP time trigger protocol timeout Check the CAN bus S gt 121 error detected on slave side Check cable L13 replace if necessary S gt 133 The module was temporarily not addressed by the master Check power supply of board DX11 S gt 324 measuring point 3 3 V on board DX1 see Undervoltage on the master wiring diagrams side If 3 3 V present S gt 303 Procedure error in the software Replace board DX11 Master DX11 receives no If 3 3 V not present S gt 303 return commanding from the E module Replace board DX1 This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages Please also observe the causal error message It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message 64 26 345 D3437 114 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 E6 89 08 General fault detected locally on e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 module slave side CAN controller being reinitialized e Check software versions on the info S gt 203 screen or by running service routine 008 2 perform software update if necessary S gt 127 S gt 47 Check board DX89 replace if necessary S gt 303 Please contact the Sir
169. er supply S gt 133 S gt 324 e Check x ray detector replace if S gt 279 necessary replace cable if necessary E2 89 35 Error in iris diaphragm positioning Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 279 e Check x ray detector replace if necessary E7 89 37 Video amplification outside Check board DX89 replace if necessary E gt 127 tolerance S gt 303 Error code Actions required see E2 89 38 Error in image signal during S gt 133 exposure S gt 324 e Check board DX89 replace if necessary S gt 127 eee S e Check board DX1 replace if necessary S gt 127 E1 89 39 Error during X ray detector e Repeat procedure ee preparation If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 279 e Check x ray detector replace if necessary 64 26 345 D3437 118 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 6 Troubleshooting Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 6 1 Error logging memory Troubleshooting DANGER Potentially lethal shock hazard It is essential to switch off the unit and wait at least 1 minute before removing a cover Switch OFF the X ray unit before connecting a measuring instrument Perform continuity tests only on units which are switched off NOTICE Risk of damage to unit Select the correct current volt
170. essages are caused by operator errors e The user must take action Error messages Ex yyxx e Error messages indicate unit faults e The user must take action to eliminate the fault s System messages Sxxx e System messages inform the user about the current operating status of the unit e The user does not have to take any action If error messages are displayed on the control panel that are not listed in this section such as message 1311 these messages come from the Windows system In such cases you must check whether the firmware you are using is compatible with the SIDEXIS XG version and run a software update gt 47 if necessary Help messages The help messages are displayed as help codes Hx xx on the Easypad touchscreen or on the Multipad display as well as on the display of the remote control if present The codes tell you how to operate the system if radiation release is not possible due to a previous operator error The following list provides you with an overview of all help codes their meaning and the action required to eliminate the corresponding problems IMPORTANT The measures listed only clear help messages that result from operator errors If it is not possible to clear a message by taking the measures listed another type of error is the cause In such cases you should run an error diagnosis gt 82 H3 01 R button move into starting position e Press the R key e Panoramic unit moves to
171. f the unit gt 152 Align the phantom with a spirit level 3 For FACESCAN Check to make sure that the room lighting is switched on Switch it on if necessary 4 Click the mage acquisition button SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151 Service routine S010 13 is displayed on the control panel 5 Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position 6 Press the release button Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete the preview image Is displayed in the exposure window and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure double beep sounds if it has been configured IMPORTANT This process takes approx 2 3 minutes 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 167 168 The unit transfers the acquired images to the Reconstruction and Control Unit RCU This process can take 2 3 minutes Once the transfer is complete the evaluation of the calibration is displayed in the message window If the information in the message window indicates that calibration was not successful check the calibration phantom to make sure that it is not damaged If you have repeated the procedure three times and still have not attained a positive result check the mechanical geometry of the unit gt 154 Adjust the unit if necessary and then repeat the calibration If this still does not lead to a positive result please contact the SIRONA Customer Service Center CSC
172. grammed In User mode which can be accessed without a service password the update manager only supports Automatic update mode The colored bars in front of the software releases indicate their validity see chapter entitled Check program releases gt 53 64 26 345 D3437 52 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 General operating procedures Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Baugruppe DX42 ra DX41 va DX l 0X07 DX07_L0 ra DX71 ra px91 wae DxX81P wa DX81P_ F1 wa pX81C Fa DX61C Fl wa Dx8s wae DX88 F1 DX89 DX89 F1 ra px0 Dx06 DXxXil DX11 F1 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Ist Version V02 56 04 V02 80 07 V02 29 00 V01 59 01 V01 58 00 V04 09 00 V04 10 07 V01 04 00 Soll Version V02 56 04 V02 30 00 V04 03 00 V02 80 07 V02 29 00 V02 54 03 V02 44 00 V02 33 00 V03 08 00 V02 33 00 V03 08 00 V03 02 07 V0131 00 V01 59 02 V01 58 00 v03 07 04 vo4 09 00 V04 12 00 V01 04 00 4 2 Updating the firmware Check program releases Daz VORS FE piil WO ifia raii vakaa w 02 50 07 ONO7 LO WOE28 00 wa ONT ERETTE FE pg eE Rii wa DRE W2 33 00 wa DKE FI WOROBO0 ra DiE 02 3300 wa DNBIC_Fi WO3 08 00 F KES DO war DEE FL TEE O Deeg WOL59 02 x89 FL WO S800 ra piis WOROTOS 09s WOE OSD DELI WOMLL2 00 e Fl You can use the action window A of the software manager to check which modules are con
173. guration of the swivel arm must be checked set using service routine S017 7 Inform the customer of the configuration options of the software version e g acoustic exposure signal Activate these functions if they are required If the travel height of the unit has to be limited Set the travel height with service routine S018 2 gt 232 Perform a software update to the current software version gt 47 This updates all modules in accordance with the configuration The error message E1 11 20 invalid unit calibration is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Perform a complete unit calibration gt 145 After a successful unit calibration has been performed the error message should no longer appear Call up the Extended Details via SiXABCon This generates an XML file with the system parameters which is Filed in the PDATA P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit The process is completed DX11 from another unit GALILEOS Compact Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 IMPORTANT The DX11 can be replaced in either the Comfort class GALILEOS Comfort Comfort US or the Compact class NOTICE After inserting the board you must reconfigure the IP address to match the IP address of the existing X ray component Before you set the unit to a new IP address make sure that the IP address you re assigning has not been assigned to
174. h off the unit 3 Remove the x ray detector cover 4 CAUTION Risk of injury The cover plate has sharp edges Carefully pull the cover plate upwards to remove it from the X ray detector see also Replace X ray detector gt 279 5 WARNING Potentially lethal shock hazard Do not touch any live parts while observing board DX89 Remove the cover plate of board DX89 Switch the unit on again and observe board DX89 The LEDs on the board can provide information about the possible cause of the error LEDs on board DX89 gt 141 LEDs on board DX89 The diodes PLL_FPGA PLL_CCD as well as A image memory test and D gettering in particular should be observed LED statuses and their significance in case of an error gt 142 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 141 6 Troubleshooting Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 6 9 Fault diagnosis of the X ray detector and on board DX89 Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS PLL_CCD PLL D PLL_FPGA 142 28V 24V 5V 3 3V B Operating votage onboard oxss D Geterng OSS LED statuses and their significance in case of an error For X ray detector errors it is usually necessary to send the extended details of the unit to the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC The results of the LED inquiry described below also must be added to the extended details The LED statuses specified here apply to the booted system LED on FPGA on DX89 has started properly
175. hales or Siemens 215 mm 8 1 2 diameter Pixels 10007 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Geometry Scanning process Reconstruction 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Source l l converter coating distance central X ray beam Source isocenter distance central X ray beam Source skin distance minimum distance Orbital angle Scan time Number of single exposures Marking of focal spot Automatic exposure blocking Class device Degree of protection against electric shock Degree of protection against ingress of water Year of manufacture Operating mode Long term power output Anode material Exposure parameters for determining leakage radiation Continuing current for leakage radiation measurements Transport and storage temperature Basic unit 3 2 Hardware FPS 15 30 Dynamics 12 bits 4096 brightness values 60 dB 510 mm 20 1 16 333 mm 13 1 8 approx 220 mm 8 5 8 204 approx 14s 200 The duration of automatic exposure blocking cooling period depends on the set kV mA level and the actual exposure time Depending on the tube load interval times of 8 s to 300 s are automatically set by the system Type B device Ordinary equipment without protection against ingress of water pas 20XX on the rating plate Continuo
176. he double arrow key I at any time 181 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Multipad 1 Press and hold down Service key D until the patient symbol keys light up E H approx 2 s 2 Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence F H E within the next 4 s After you have entered the key combination correctly the service menu is displayed You can return to the next higher level with the arrow key above selection field 3 I at any time Selecting service routines and test steps Selecting a service routine JS The service menu must be selected gt 180 64 26 345 D3437 182 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 3 Basic operating procedures in the service menu gt Select the desired service routine via the arrow keys in the selection field 1 A and confirm the selection via the service key B If the selected service routine has several test steps the first selectable test step is displayed in selection field 2 test step 1 in the example a QR shes E S005 Selecting a test step JS The service menu must be selected gt 180 The required service routine must be selected gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3
177. he codes provide you with error type error location and troubleshooting information Error code Ex yy zz The error messages are encoded according to the following pattern Ex Error type Troubleshooting classification for the user Module subsystem or logical function unit Consecutive identification of error number Ex Error type Identifier x is intended to help you reach a decision quickly on how to proceed with the corresponding error 19 1 System warning This error group includes all errors Acknowledge the error message that indicate still acceptable tolerance variations or messages about states which do not directly Restart the unit affect system operation Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute System message If the error occurs again Switch unit on Repeat procedure the error occurs again Run an error diagnosis gt 82 Errors caused by This error group includes states Acknowledge the error message system overload that indicate temporary overtemperatures or similar for example The cause of the error disappears automatically after a If the error occurs again certain waiting time Repeat the procedure step after a certain waiting time e Extend the waiting time If the error occurs again Run an error diagnosis gt 82 The system detects that This error group includes all errors Restart the unit a key was pressed that indicate invalid signal sta
178. hould no longer appear Perform an acceptance test for Germany only without calling in an expert Call up the Extended Details via SiXABCon This generates an XML file with the system parameters which is filed in the PDATA P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit The process is completed Tube assembly from another unit GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher IMPORTANT Replacement is only possible within the same unit class e g the tube assembly must come from a GALILEOS Comfort t S unit if it is to be installed in a GALILEOS Comfort S unit 1 Switch the unit on The error message E6 15 05 undefined unit serial number is displayed The message No Key is displayed on the Easypad Press the R key to acknowledge the error message Depending on the tube assembly history the error message E7 11 15 incorrect collimator configuration may be displayed 317 Case G 318 OF S 10 11 12 13 Press the R key to acknowledge the error message The error message E6 15 04 undefined activation data is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Call the service menu gt 180 Call service routine S008 3 gt 204 Enter the unit serial number found on the nameplate of the unit gt 204 IMPORTANT Any serial number which is unknown to the unit will not be accepted by the unit The serial number entered mu
179. i 4 z A g 4 4 iJ G amp S i 0 mee ee ee 8 Re attach the cover plate A 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 283 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 8 X ray detector Attaching the covers Updating the ID label 284 Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 1 Remove the plastic cap P in front of the input window of the new X ray detector Depending on the hardware version of your unit the plastic cap may differ slightly from the one shown in this diagram 2 Use the two screws Q to attach the lower cover part to the X ray detector 3 NOTICE The tab on the upper cover part must be pushed underneath the ring cover Then place the upper cover part on the lower one and screw it tight using the four screws R as well as a fifth screw S Model No 6007289 Serial No 4 12313 gt Update the nameplate on the detector cover To do this affix the supplied label as shown in the figure IMPORTANT For FaceScan units The FaceScan must be refitted gt 287 on units with FaceScan fitted after the X ray detector has been replaced What has to be done after replacing the X ray detector 1 Perform a software update to the current main software version V03 03 01 or higher gt 47 2 Save the configuration data from board DX89 to board DX11 via service routine S009 7 gt 209 3 Perform a complete unit adjustment o
180. ice leakage current checks must be carried out see the sections on Checking protective conductor and Checking device leakage current Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle Preparing for motor replacement Switch the unit on Use the Up Down keys on the control panel to move the slide up Switch the unit off again Remove the covers Intermediate piece Profile covers top and bottom Tip While loosening the screws press the top profile cover down towards the unit and allow it to slide down once the screws are loose Arm cover Slide cover rear center Slide cover rear top Slide cover rear bottom and Slide cover front Sr ee ae Tip If the height adjustment motor is inoperative you can also move the slide manually gt 251 64 26 345 D3437 250 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 2 Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle Moving the slide manually Risk of injury due to uncontrolled movement of the slide If the slide can no longer be moved electrically it must be moved mechanically The position of the slide must be secured to ensure that no uncontrolled downward movement occurs during service in cases where the carriage has fewer self locking properties For this purpose Sirona recommends using the free height adjustment service kit REF 62 57 518 This service kit is used to prevent automati
181. ice routine has been selected the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1 Memory key A Easypad or the LED above Memory key A Multipad lights up 2 Use the arrow keys A to select the code for the required hardware version in selection field 1 see table Once the hardware version has been selected Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 3 Save the setting gt 188 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 nE m UDUL 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 219 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 11 S017 Configuration service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS S017 Test step 3 Enter the country group code Factory setting 1 Call service routine S017 3 gt 182 Once the service routine has been selected the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1 64 26 345 D3437 220 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 11 S017 Configuration service A 2 Use arrow keys A to select the required country group code in selection field 1 see table Once the country group code has been selected Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 3 Save the setting gt
182. igher and SIDEXIS 2 5 6 or higher 64 26 345 D3437 44 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 General operating procedures Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 1 Switching the unit on General operating procedures Switching the unit on X rays Be sure to observe the radiation protection regulations applicable in your country gt No person may be positioned in the unit when it is switched on NOTICE Damage to the unit Check the room height before you raise the unit gt Ifthe room height is less than 2 27 m 89 3 8 or 2 30 m 90 1 2 for installation with the floor stand you must limit the maximum travel height gt 232 NOTICE Fluctuations in temperature can cause condensation to form in the unit Electrical components are destroyed by short circuits gt Do not switch the unit on until the temperature of the unit has adapted to the ambient temperature and the condensation has evaporated NOTICE The unit must not be switched on off constantly Constant switching on and off reduces the service life of individual unit components and results in increased power consumption gt After switching the unit off wait for approx 60 seconds before switching it on again Switching the GALILEOS Comfort Comfort PLUS on NOTICE The surface of the touchscreen is sensitive The touchscreen can be damaged or its surface scratched gt Never use pointed objects such as ballpoin
183. iguration will be copied to board DX7 by the update function 64 26 345 D3437 266 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 5 Control panel Laying of cables when replacing the user interface Easypad 1 Plug the green cable L10 A into connector X103 on board DX7 2 Plug the gray cable L9 B into connector X102 on board DX7 Multipad 1 Plug the green cable L10 D into connector X103 on board DX71 2 Plug the gray cable L9 C into connector X102 on board DX71 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 267 X ray tube unit DANGER Perilous shock hazard It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least another 4 minutes before starting the repair or taking off a cover panel IMPORTANT Note compatibility between X ray tube assembly and unit class GALILEOS Compact Comfort X ray tube assembly with Toshiba magnet bore DO 56 0x02 X ray tube assembly with Toshiba magnet bore D151R 0x03 GALILEOS Comfort PLUS X ray tube assembly with Siemens magnet bore SR 120 15 60 Replacing the X ray tube assembly GALILEOS Compact GALILEOS Comfort Removing the covers 1 Pull off the adjusting knob with the silicone ring 2 Remove the Tube assembly and Rear tube assembly covers gt 36 Removing the diaphragm unit 1 Turn the rotating element so that the tube assembly as viewed from the front is located on
184. ine gt 190 DX11 Vo2 61 01 DX41 VO2 30 00 Dx42 V02 45 06 DXG V02 88 00 DX89 V01 10 06 Dxss Fl V01 13 01 65 DX7 Vo2 57 00 DX lang_O Vo2 18 00 Y H Multipad 1 Call service routine S008 2 gt 182 SYSTEMSOFTWARE is displayed on the display line of the Multipad 2 Select the required module in selection field 1 with the arrow keys A and confirm your selection by pressing the Memory key B The software version of the selected module is displayed in selection field 1 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 S008 Test step 3 Confirming the unit serial number MPORTANT If the backup copy of the old unit serial number does not match the new one after replacing a module the entry of the serial number is activated If an incorrect serial number is entered the message FFFF appears on the display In this case the service routine can be run again 1 Call service routine S008 3 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 204 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 8 S009 Flash file system 2 Confirm the serial number displayed by pressing the R key A 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 000000123 Ooggaggi2s S009 Flash file system IMPORTANT The unit has to be completely recalibrated after formatting the flash file system gt 145 When the flash file system is format
185. ine S017 and perform the unit configuration test step 2 15 The switching plate configuration of the swivel arm must be checked set using service routine S017 7 Inform the customer of the configuration options of the software version e g welcome screen acoustic exposure signal Activate these functions if they are required If the travel height of the unit has to be limited Set the travel height with service routine S018 2 gt 232 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 12 Boards 16 Perform a software update to the current software version gt 47 This updates all modules in accordance with the configuration 17 Perform a complete unit calibration gt 145 After a successful unit calibration has been performed the error message should no longer appear 18 Call up the Extended Details via SiIXABCon This generates an XML file with the system parameters which is Filed in the PDATA P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit e The process is completed Case C e New DX11 e GALILEOS Compact e Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher NOTICE After a new DX11 is inserted the IP address is initially reset to the factory setting Before you set the unit to a new IP address make sure that the IP address you re assigning has not been assigned to any other unit 1 Switch the unit on Do n
186. ipped is used to package the unit please make an entry to that effect on the delivery note IMPORTANT The bottom edge of the slide cover must be at the same height as the markings A in the column DANGER Shock hazard Be sure to switch off the line power supply before connecting the line voltage 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 75 4 General operating procedures Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 5 Using demo mode operation without radiation release Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 702 27 1 2 1 Switch the unit on and move it to its packing height by actuating the up down keys on the control panel Bite block height 965 mm displayed as height on the control panel Bottom edge of slide cover 702 mm 2 Pack the panoramic X ray unit Packing condition see section Delivery Attaching the transport safety device gt Install the transport safety device by following the same procedure as Dismantling in reverse order 64 26 345 D3437 16 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Messages The different message texts are displayed e GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort PLUS On the Easypad touchscreen e GALILEOS Compact on the Multipad display e On the display of the remote control There are 3 groups of message texts Help messages Hx xx e Help m
187. it 1 Call the Aqjustment calibration menu gt 147 2 Inthe structure tree under 3D Agjustment calibration click on the Diaphragm element S030 5 The Diaphragm menu is displayed in the action area Adjusting the diaphragm open diaphragm setting 1 Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the open diaphragm position Image acquisition Diaphragm open OK Upper jaw Lower jaw 2 Click on the Diaphragm open button in the mage acquisition menu area SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151 Service routine S030 5 is displayed on the control panel 3 Take an exposure gt 151 For GALILEOS Comfort and GALILEOS ComfortPLUS Evaluate the image 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 155 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 156 Adjustment OK Adjustment not OK Permissible tolerance 30 pixels 5 pixels The brightness distribution along the border surrounding the image on all sides must be uniform A The distance between the bottom edge and the lowest point in the image should be 30 5 pixels measure with SIDEXIS scale B If the distance between the bottom edge and the lowest point in the image is out of tolerance E or the brightness distribution along the surrounding border is
188. k up to the cable markings New cables do not have cable markings Orientate yourself according to the marking on the second old cable and make sure that both cables protrude equally far out of the cable track once they have been drawn in Then make a mark on the new cable 22 NOTICE The cable ties should only fix the position of the cables They must not be tightened too much otherwise fiber optic cable L7 could be damaged Before installing the cable track in the stand fix the cables at both ends of the cable track with a cable tie 23 Reinstall the cable track in the stand Installation of the cable track is performed in reverse order of the removal Replacing cable L1 or grounding strap in cable track 1 The procedure for replacing cable L1 and the grounding strap is basically analogous to the procedure described in chapter Replacing cable L7 L117 or L108 in cable track 2 gt 327 64 26 345 D3437 330 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 10 Maintenance 10 1 Calibrating the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Maintenance DANGER Potentially lethal shock hazard It is essential to switch the unit off and to wait at least 1 minute or 4 minutes if disconnecting the tube assembly cable L3 before starting the maintenance or taking off a cover panel Risk of electric shock Always switch the unit off before
189. l as of February 2013 GALILEOS For the geometry calibration you must insert the geometry phantom in the block holder of the unit This phantom must be removed again for all other calibration steps IMPORTANT Note the serial number of the calibration phantom A geometry phantom with a serial number gt 3000 must be used to calibrate the GALILEOS ComfortPtYS IMPORTANT Once it has been inserted into the bite block holder the geometry phantom must be aligned vertically and horizontally with the spirit level so that calibration can be performed correctly gt Insert the geometry phantom A into the pan bite block holder B on the unit and secure it with the screw C 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 153 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 2 Checking the mechanical system adjustment Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Constancy test phantom The constancy test phantom is inserted in the bite block holder of the unit for for the constancy and acceptance tests as well as for the check of the mechanical unit adjustment gt 154 Checking the mechanical system adjustment 1 Insert the constancy test phantom in the bite block holder of the unit
190. l as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 11 S017 Configuration service Once the service routine has been selected the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1 2 Use arrow keys A to select the required code in selection field 1 see table Once the required setting has been selected Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 3 Save the setting gt 188 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 231 018 6 232 4 g S018 Service for height adjustment sos Semice for height adjustment OOOO Sorsa no Checkthe height adjustment sensor system soss o Setingteminimumtavlhet No Undoing the minimum travel height setting SR service routine SHZ security access S018 Test step 2 Set the maximum travel height 1 2 Move the unit to the required maximum travel height by pressing the Up Down keys in the user mode on the control panel Call service routine S018 2 gt 182 Once the service routine has been selected the current height position is displayed in selection field 1 Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 12 S018 Service for height adjustment 3 To save the maximum tr
191. lled started stopped Value Value Value Value Value 104 104 104 101 9641 Data which might be expected to occur in the error logging memory is explained below to aid you in interpreting it 119 Example of error logging data System time 2006 03 06 20 13 02 System time clock on DX11 Entry type Message Message General system event General system event event Message val General system event with additional value Value 2 Exposure cancelation due to internal error Imagetransfer started Start of image data transfer Imagetransfer stopped End of image data transfer Logbook started Corresponds to unit switch on Image state switched to Released Exposure has been delivered to SIDEXIS XG and confirmed by SIDEXIS XG Other entry data which document the occurrence of a rescue event include Image state switched to Rescue Rescue request Sidexis Error Rescue request Sidexis TrackEpilogue Rescue request Sidexis Timeout These entry data may also occur after Recording stopped or Cancel and indicate an exceptional circumstance You can supply important information for error diagnosis in coordination with the Sirona Customer Service Center Entry data Error E6 07 06 ERR_DX7_TTP_LOST Clear text error display 64 26 345 D3437 120 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 6 Troubleshooting Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 6 2 Checking the
192. ls via SiXABCon and check the switching plate configuration for the swivel arm If it deviates from 01 this must be configured again after inserting a new DX11 using service routine S017 7 For GALILEOS Comfort If the old DX77 is still working Call up the Extended Details via SixABCon search for the Language Set ID under Extended Configuration DX7 and note the configuration of the language set If it deviates from 00 the language set must be configured again after inserting a new DX11 using service routine S017 5 gt 222 Following replacement of board DX11 the user preferences patient symbols initial position default contrast mode etc are lost Instruct the user accordingly or set these values after replacing the board provided that they were properly noted down before the board was replaced Connector designations on the boards The connectors on the boards are labeled on delivery of the system Tip Check the designations on the connectors when pulling off the cables and label them correctly if necessary Replacing boards Risk of damage to boards Please observe the usual precautionary measures for handling printed circuit boards ESD Touch a ground point to discharge static electricity before touching any boards 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 303 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 12 Boards Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS
193. mats and symbols Identifies a reference to another used gt 12 text passage and indicates the relevant page number e List Identifies a list item Command menu item Identifies commands menu items or a quote 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 13 14 Safety instructions Modifications to the unit Modifications to this unit which might affect the safety of the system owner patients or other persons are prohibited by law For reasons of product safety this product may be operated only with original Sirona accessories or third party accessories expressly approved by Sirona The user is responsible for any damage resulting from the use of non approved accessories Fixed connection DANGER Potentially lethal shock hazard Fixed connection Installing a mains plug instead of the specified fixed connection infringes international medical regulatory actions and is prohibited In case of error this puts patients users and other parties seriously at risk Electromagnetic compatibility The unit complies with the requirements of standard IEC 60601 1 2 Medical electrical equipment is subject to special EMC preventive measures It must be installed and operated as specified in the document Installation Requirements If high voltage systems radio link systems or MRI systems are located within 5 m of the unit please observe the specifications stated in the installation requirements Portabl
194. me Attach the Mult O Meter sensor in the middle of the X ray detector Set the main switch A to I see also Operating Instructions Wait for approx 1 minute ge ae a Press the R key The unit moves to its starting position 1 Call the Service menu and the Service routine S002 5 see Service Manual 2 Select kV mA level 85 kV 7 mA and 4 seconds of radiation time see Service Manual 3 CAUTION Activating the release button triggers X rays Release radiation Hold the release button pressed until the set radiation time has expired gt Read the radiation time on the Mult O Meter The value displayed on the Mult O Meter for the radiation time must be 4s The permissible tolerance is 10 Ifthe measured radiation time does notfall within the permissible tolerance replace the fube assembly see Service Manual 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 10 Maintenance Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 10 4 Checking the tube data Ifthe measured radiation time falls within the permissible tolerance finalize the measurement Concluding the measurement 1 Exit the service routine 2 Switch the unit on via switch A see also Operating Instructions Checking the fan and temperature sensor Check whether the fan is functioning gt Check the function of the fan using service routine S005 4 gt 193 Ifthe fan is defective Replace the fan Check whether the
195. move defective receptacle element 1 Using the Up Down buttons on the control panel switch the device on and move it to a comfortable working height to remove the acquisition unit 2 Remove the head fixation device see operating instructions 3 fthe bore hole C on the defective acquisition unit is not available Press the locking button A and move the flange B forward to expose the bore hole C 64 26 345 D3437 298 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 10 Head fixation device O a AN 4 Loosen screw D and remove the defective acquisition unit Install the new acquisition unit 1 fthe bore hole C on the new acquisition unit is not available Press the locking button A and move the flange B forward to expose the bore hole C A nn ga Y WWW 5 Aa GAULEOS CN 2 IMPORTANT Do not tighten the screw yet It should not be possible to rotate the acquisition unit Screw the new receptacle element on to the unit with screw D so that the laser localizer E is facing forward 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 299 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 10 Head fixation device Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 Push the head fixation device F into the acquisition unit see operating i
196. mplete diaphragm unit If the exposure taken in the diaphragm open diaphragm setting is not OK the complete diaphragm unit must be adjusted 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 171 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 5 Mechanical adjustments Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 1 Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the open diaphragm position 3 If necessary use the adjustment screws to adjust the diaphragm in the X Y or Z direction CW rotation of screws Moves the diaphragm in the X Y or Z direction CCW rotation of the screws Moves the diaphragm in the direction opposite to the X Y or Z direction 4 Retighten the five screws A firmly 5 Repeat the diaphragm exposure Adjusting the lower lead diaphragm If the exposure taken in the upper jaw diaphragm setting is not OK the lower lead diaphragm must be adjusted 64 26 345 D3437 172 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 5 Mechanical adjustments 1 Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the maxillary exposure position 2 Loosen both screws B of the lead diaphragm 3 Manually adjust lead diaphragm C 4 Tighten both screws B firmly 5 Repeat the diaphragm exposure Adjusting the upper lead collimator If the exposure taken in the lower jaw diaphragm setting is not OK
197. n X ray component Since it is addressable via the network the X ray component can in principle be activated for X ray image acquisition by any of the PCs connected to the network The program SiXABCon is used to manage networkable X ray components It can be executed on any PC in the network on which SIDEXIS XG has been installed IMPORTANT In order to avoid IP address conflicts you should never operate several networkable X ray components in the network using the same IP address Each X ray component needs to be assigned a unique IP address Factory setting of the TCP IP address of the unit 192 168 15 240 subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Checking existing IP addresses To find out whether an IP address already exists in the network enter the PING function in the input prompt DOS window 1 Switch on a network devices computers printers X ray components which are being operated in the network 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 General operating procedures Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 3 Configuring the unit 2 Invoke the input prompt DOS window from a network computer 3 At the input prompt enter ping followed by the address to be checked and then press the Enter key Example ping 192 168 15 13 Ifa network device responds then this address has already been assigned o Eingabeaufforderung a CioN gt ping 192 168 15 13 Ping wird ausgef
198. n field 1 to select the required module The counter value of the CAN bus events processed so far since the last switch on of the unit of the selected module is displayed in selection field 2 with the presence code of the module L or P see table Once the module has been selected the T key B Easypad or the LED above the T key B Multipad lights up 64 26 345 D3437 214 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 10 S012 CAN bus service Clearing the counter for the module 1 To delete the counter press the T key B The counter is then reset to 0 2 Exit the service routine gt 190 a a a VL n ADH gP S012 Test step 2 Querying the CAN status register for the modules IMPORTANT Before querying the CAN status register for the modules you should first run service routine 8012 3 to reset the registers gt 216 1 Call service routine 8012 2 gt 182 The currently selected module is displayed in selection field 1 DX7 in the example 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 215 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 10 S012 CAN bus service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 2 Use the arrow keys A in selection field 1 to select the required module Once the module has been sele
199. n the upper edge of the upper screw on board DX41 and the lower edge of the limit stop 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 253 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 2 Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Removing board DX32 1 Unscrew the bracket C which is located in front of board DX32 2 Move the stand to a height of 1260 control panel display 3 Disconnect the unit from the power supply system 4 Remove the cable ties A from cable L2 is 4 5 Loosen all the left hand screws B of the protective plates E Zs 64 26 345 D3437 254 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 2 Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle tT j ay d Va gt ZAN a eh v IH dl D 6 Unscrew the remaining screws from the protective plates E 7 Remove the covering plates E top and bottom from the connection box F of board DX32 8 Cable L3 can stay on the top covering plate E remove any possible shield terminal Tip The covering plate can be folded away simply at the sides and put away in the stand sideways to protect against scratches suitable padding sho
200. nable disable the welcome screen GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort L S a 017 14 Enable disable certain lines of the welcome screen S GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS ComfortPtYS D S S017 15 Activate deactivate the acoustic signal for end of exposure 037 1 Displaying the network data S gt 237 037 2 Setting the default IP address default gateway address and S gt 239 default subnet mask 037 3 Configuring boot mode DYNAMIC DHCP AutolP STATIC S gt 241 fixed address 037 4 Manual input of static network settings IP address default S gt 243 gateway address and subnet mask Alphabetical list of service routine functions Fwon o o oeeo sv Acoustic signal for end of exposure activate deactivate S017 15 i S Automatic adjustment of pulse preheating S005 8 gt 194 Modules presence display S012 1 Module software version show overview S008 2 l Welcome screen enable disable S017 13 GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort LUS Welcome screen enable disable lines S017 14 GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort LUS Select the diaphragm type S017 25 S Configuring boot mode DYNAMIC DHCP AutolP STATIC S037 3 fixed address CAN bus logging in the web interface enable S007 5 CAN bus cycle display on the LEDs of the modules S012 4 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 175 CAN bus service S gt 213 CAN status register for the modules query S gt 215
201. nected to the unit and what their latest program release is Modules which are connected and whose program release corresponds to the latest main software version see chapter entitled Unit software versions and compatibility are identified by a continuous green bar Modules which the system does not recognize are identified by a broken red bar 53 4 General operating procedures Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 2 Updating the firmware Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS If the actual status of the module cannot be polled for the update the actual SW version will be displayed as V00 00 If a module has a hardware incompatibility to the program status to be programmed or the software version on the module is newer than the one in the update file this will be indicated by a red triangle with an exclamation mark If the version of the selected update file is lower than the current software version of the unit then there will be no display in the right window The downgrade required in this case is possible only via Main version mode Updating the FaceScan firmware There are two ways of updating the FaceScan firmware e Option 1 Update via USB stick gt 54 The program data on the FaceScan unit is completely overwritten e Option 2 Update via the network gt 56 The program data is transferred to the FaceScan unit Unlike in option 1 the unit configuration data is however not overwritten Option 1
202. ng Secure it with a cable tie or piece of adhesive tape if necessary Loosen screw G and disconnect the grounding cable H Removing the X ray detector gt CAUTION The x ray detector is heavy Loosen the screw J swing the X ray detector slightly upwards and lift it out of the holder on the ring IMPORTANT Depending on the unit hardware version involved there may be a second screw located on the side opposite screw J If so this screw must be loosened in order to remove the X ray detector This second screw does not have to be used during reassembly 1 Hook the new x ray detector into holder K from above using the ring on the unit The dead weight of the X ray detector will cause it to tilt into the correct position 64 26 345 D3437 280 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 8 X ray detector 2 Secure it in place using the screw J co0oeoee0deHe000008 ooesocoocoocoo0oo0o0900000 0 oeeseocoocooToocoooo0o00 000 oooooo0oo0o000006009000 ooeocoocooc0co0oo0o00000000 ceoo e00000c0c0C0O0O 800 ooo0o000000 00000000 ooooo0oo0o00000000000 oo0o000000 00000000 oooocoo0oo0o0o0000000000 oo00000000000 0000 oo0oo0o0000c0cC0C0C0C0C 00000 oo000000000000000 eoo0o000000C0C0C0C0C 00000 o0000000000000000 3 CAUTION Risk of injury The cover plate may have sharp edges Carefully pull the c
203. ng the USB stick Before the FaceScan USB stick can be inserted into the USB socket of the FACESCAN modular board GALILEOS must be switched off Otherwise the update will not be completed Instead the configuration data stored on the USB stick will be uploaded to GALILEOS FSB1 a 1 Insert the USB stick into the USB port U of the FACESCAN modular SS oo board 2 Switch the unit on again The FaceScan will be updated Both LEDs in the status display light up during the update The process takes around 5 minutes around 1 minute in the event of an error The USB_STICK_MODE entry in the facescan_settings cfg file is reset to CONFIG 3 Wait until the green status display LED goes out The blue LED should then light up The update is completed 4 Switch GALILEOS off 5 Remove the FaceScan USB stick safely from the USB port Checking the update 1 Plug the FaceScan USB stick into a PC 2 Open the facescan_settings log log file in a text editor 3 Check the entries in the log file 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 55 4 General operating procedures Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 2 Updating the firmware Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Ifthe update was successful the log file should state Facescan device software updated with version successtul 4 Remove the USB stick from the PC Closing FaceScan 1 Pull cable L78 L74 from the X2 socket of the FACESCAN modular boa
204. ng the end of the exposure Is disabled 01 Acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure is enabled Activate deactivate the acoustic signal for end of exposure Factory setting 1 Call service routine S017 15 gt 182 Once the service routine has been selected the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 229 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 11 S017 Configuration service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 2 Use arrow keys A to select the required setting in selection field 1 see table Once the required setting has been selected Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 3 Save the setting gt 188 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 S017 Test step 25 Select the diaphragm type Type 1 diaphragm GALILEOS Compact 01 Type 1 Type 2 diaphragm GALILEOS Comfort 02 Type 3 diaphragm GALILEOS Compact 03 Type 3 diaphragm GALILEOS Comfort 07 Type 3 diaphragm GALILEOS ComfortPLUS y Factory setting for GALILEOS Compact Factory setting for GALILEOS Comfort Factory setting for GALILEOS ComfortPLYS 1 Call service routine S017 25 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 230 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manua
205. not OK S gt 145 e Recalibrate the unit If the calibration is OK Make the individual unit settings again e g programming of the patient symbol keys see Operating Instructions E6 11 05 RAM allocation failed e Replace board DX11 S gt 305 E7 1107 Unknown or invalid definition of unit e Take the action required after replacing a S gt 306 class Occurs during first power on after replacement of board DX6 or DX11 E7 1108 The installed control panel does not Install the appropriate user interface for S gt 265 match the unit the unit E5 11 09 Internal error in program sequence Acknowledge error and repeat procedure ae of board DX11 If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 47 e Perform a software update bug fix E7 11 11 Wrong unit configuration e Check the unit configuration by running service routine S017 2 and reconfigure if necessary 64 26 345 D3437 94 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 E7 11 12 Internal error in data management _ If the error occurs after a module has been of board DX11 replaced e Query More details with SixABCon and seek advice from the Sirona Customer Service Center on how to proceed If no module has been replaced Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure Check software versions on the info S gt 203 screen or by running service routine S gt 47 S008 2 perform software
206. ns in the CAN DUS ccccceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeteees 6 05 Checking ING DOANGS secie E ans 6 3 1 CMECKING board DX32 fice sete dGotedicrrurn Dive dabeteN E Ta O4 CHECKING TING Mols iria a a a head dite esau a 6 5 Checking the light Darriers cc ccccceccceeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseueesseeeseeesaaees 02 04 2013 73 73 74 19 125 6 6 Device leakage Current too NIQN cccccccccceecceeceeeeceeeteeceeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeeaees 133 OF ACHECKING ING CalleS sicceasiectate site eres eerie td ee re arcane ues is aia 133 6 8 Error analysis of X RAY control signal path cccecccecceseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 135 6 8 1 Error analysis of X RAY control signal path from unit serial number 138 3201 without board DX41 6 9 Fault diagnosis of the X ray detector and on board DX89 cceceeeeee 141 6 9 1 LEDS OM DOalG DX J areia cable artnet owe ee a 141 6 9 2 LED statuses and their significance in case of an error 068 142 6 953 LEDS Ol Operating VOUAGES sii aes coak eles aer titi aeeecds i asnailalowoehes 144 Adjusting and calibrating the unit cccccceccesceceeeceeeceeceecceeeeeeeeceeeaueeseeeseseesees 145 7 1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration ee 146 7 1 1 Displays and help messages during adjustment calibration 147 7 1 2 Adjustment Calibration Menu ccccccceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeseee
207. nstructions as z prr EFEE ett ne lial Bn 4 Press the locking button A and push the flange B including the head fixation device backwards so that the light localizer E is exposed 1 CAUTION Keep a minimum distance of 100 mm between the eye and the laser Do not look directly into the laser beam Switch the laser light on using the light localizer button on the control panel 64 26 345 D3437 300 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 10 Head fixation device 2 Align the acquisition unit To do this move the rotary knobs on the head fixation device to a vertical position Then align the acquisition unit so that the laser light is shown in the middle of the vertical knobs of the head fixation device and the bite holder 3 Press the locking button A and push the flange B including the head fixation device F back to the front so that the bore hole C is exposed Tighten the screw D firmly IMPORTANT The acquisition unit should not be turned when pushing the head fixation device back and tightening the screw 4 Switch the unit off again 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 301 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 11 Light barriers Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Light barriers
208. nt operating mode necessary 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 91 E110 07 The unit is not ready for operation If this error is displayed after a longer period of S gt 133 disuse and the attainment of exposure Following longer periods of disuse readiness gt 200 h a preparation time of up to ten minutes is required for the e Acknowledge the error and wait until the sensor after the unit is switched on Sensor being prepared message goes During this period the message out Sensor being prepared or S150 is displayed During this time the unit is not ready for operation If exposure readiness is reached e Check cable L13 between board DX11 during this time error message E1 and board DX89 replace if necessary 10 07 appears S gt 324 S gt 279 If this error is displayed without attainment of exposure readiness Check cable L28 between the camera head and board DX89 in the X ray detector replace if necessary Check cable L27 in the X ray detector replace if necessary Replace board DX89 Replace board DX1 Replace the X ray detector Replace board DX11 As of X ray detector serial number 5000 cable L28 can no longer be replaced individually E5 10 09 The FaceScan system cannot be e Check the FaceScan configuration on the S addressed PC using service routine S017 2 S gt 133 Check the cabling connected to the S gt 294 FaceScan system preferably
209. oard of remote control Yes e Replace coiled cable e Replace display board DX42 of remote control No Fault is removed E3 42 31 occurs once after the unit is switched on Hardware fault on display board DX42 or short circuit in coiled cable of release button A2 or on membrane keyboard of remote control e Replace release button A2 e Replace remote control 64 26 345 D3437 138 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 E6 13 43 occurs once during operation of the unit Was the door contact opened during the exposure e Acknowledge error message with R key e Close door contact e Repeat the exposure Yes e Check door contact repair if necessary e Replace cable L117 e Replace remote control H321 is triggered at start of exposure e Close door contact e Start exposure again Is the door contact open Is the help message displayed again e Check door contact Fault has been repair if necessary removed e Replace cable L117 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 139 Error messages without installed remote control E3 13 40 occurs after the unit is switched on Switch the unit off and then on again Ensure that release button A2 is not activated while Was the release button A activated while switching on the unit switching on Does the error message recur Short circuit in coiled cable of release button A2 e Replace release button Yes A2 e
210. oftware update e Replace board DX71 S gt 303 e Please contact the Sirona Customer S gt 47 Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary 64 26 345 D3437 110 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 E6 71 07 TTP time trigger protocol timeout e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 error detected on slave side e Check power supply of board DX11 The module was temporarily not measuring point 3 3 V on board DX1 see addressed by the master wiring diagrams Undervoltage on the master side If 3 3 V is present S gt 303 Procedure error in the software Replace board DX11 Master DX11 receives no return 73 3V 1 S commanding from the module es RESNE a e Replace board DX1 This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages Please also observe the causal error message It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message E6 71 08 General fault detected locally on e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 module slave side CAN controller being reinitialized e Check software versions on the info S gt 203 screen or by running service routine 008 2 perform software update if necessary S gt 303 S gt 47 Replace board DX71 or Multipad S gt 265 Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is
211. ol panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 11 S017 Configuration service S017 Test step 7 Configuring the switching plate for the swivel arm 1 01 up to unit serial number 1079 02 unit serial number 1080 or higher Factory setting 1 Call service routine S017 7 gt 182 Once the service routine has been selected the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 225 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 11 S017 Configuration service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS A 2 Use arrow keys A to select the required country group code in selection field 1 see table Once the required setting has been selected Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 3 Save the setting gt 188 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 S017 Test step 13 Enable disable the welcome screen O R Welcome screen disabled Welcome screen enabled Factory setting 1 Call service routine 8017 13 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 226 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 11 S017 Configuration service Once the service routine has been selected the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1 2
212. on of the slide 2 gt Laying of cables when replacing the height adjustment motor 1 Plug connector X2 O into board DX32 2 Connect the protective ground wire P and lay it as shown in the photo 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 257 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 2 Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS f f f a tlie 3 Attach cable L2 first to the lower strain relief photo on the left and then to the upper strain relief photo on the right Q of board DX32 4 Connect cable L2 to board DX32 R and attach the protective ground wire S 64 26 345 D3437 258 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 2 Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle 9 gi Ss BA a i 5 Run cable L3 T and the motor cable U around the height adjustment motor 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 299 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 2 Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 6 Lay the motor cable in the cable harness V on the rear of the unit and secure in position with the cable clamps 7 Route the cable into the arm IMPORTANT The green mark must lie in the recess X 8 Plug connector X402 W into board DX1 What has to be done after replacing the height adjustment motor
213. ona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E7 89 10 Module is stuck in bootloader stage Check operating status of board note S gt 127 LED states If the board remains in the bootloader stage S gt 47 e Run software update S gt 127 e Check board DX89 replace if necessary S gt 303 E7 89 12 Unit is not ready for operation This error is a sequential fault Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function If the error occurs repeatedly e Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages E5 89 13 Error when writing to EEPROM e Acknowledge error and repeat procedure S gt 47 IMPORTANT Stored data may be lt TC lost If the error occurs again e Check log memory via extended details S gt 279 e Check x ray detector replace if necessary E6 89 20 Faulty voltage supply of DX89 Check cable L13 replace if necessary a gt 133 S gt 324 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 115 E6 89 21 File system error Check board DX89 replace if necessary we gt 127 S gt 303 E5 89 22 The power supply of the X ray e Check board DX89 replace if necessary S gt 127 detector does not respond or is the S gt 303 wrong version e Check x ray detector replace if S gt 2
214. onfiguration with DHCP Text entry DHCP_STATE ON Type 2 Configuration over a network cable peer to peer Connecting the Facescan unit to a PC J APC with an installed web browser must be available The factory setting of the IP address of the Facescan is 192 168 16 240 JS The PC employed must be in the 192 168 16 xx network otherwise no network connection can be achieved 64 26 345 D3437 68 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 General operating procedures Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Facescan Device Servica stale LPTLATE TERVE S l r 0 n d Facescan Contiguration wus eV 25 FE 8 0 a DE Configure Network Sat Settings 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 4 3 Configuring the unit gt Using a network cable connect the PC directly to the GALILEOS media converter with installed Facescan Opening the web dialog 1 Switch GALILEOS on 2 Open up a web browser on the PC 3 Enter the Facescan IP address into the web browser http lt IP Adresse gt A password dialog box opens 4 Inthe field User enter service 5 Inthe field Password enter sirona The Facescan Device Service web dialog opens Selecting the configuration dialog gt Inthe menu bar select the menu item CONFIGURATION The Facescan Contiguration window opens Starting the configuration 1 When selecting with DHCP Set the DHCP Siate field to
215. or GALILEOS Order No 61 19 007 should be used instead of the actual X ray detector For further information please refer to the instructions included with the dummy If the volume tomograph is to be presented as a demo unit at trade fairs or exhibitions it must be ensured that radiation release is blocked Switching on demo mode When operated in demo mode the unit must not release any radiation For this reason you must take the following safety measures 1 Switch off the unit DANGER Perilous shock hazard It is essential to switch off the unit and to wait at least another 4 minutes before taking off the covers of the X ray tube assembly 2 Remove the Rear tube assembly cover gt 36 3 Remove the cover plate of board DX6 gt 268 73 4 Set dip switch S2 DX6 to position 2 GALILEOS Compact Comfort IMPORTANT If switch S2 is not set to position 2 in demo mode before switching off the unit various error messages will display s q Mo amp when the unit is turned back on Pull cable L5 XRAY off connector J6 J103 DX6 Radiation release is now no longer possible 6 Only possible with the Easypad Switch on the unit and check the mode on the info screen Demo mode ON means that Demo mode is switched on radiation release is not possible Demo mode OFF means that Demo mode is switched off radiography X ray radiation are possible 7 Switch the unit off again and reattach the
216. or diagnosis gt 82 error which may occur spontaneously and without any related operator action They may be caused by system self tests In this case it is absolutely certain that continued system operation is not possible yy Location Identifier yy defines the location or logical function unit where the error has occurred yy Location Function unit oT espe er wits GALLEDE CondaGAINEDE Conder oer 5 _ Configuraton update wrong sofware wrong module constellation ets DXTDXI X ray detector The location may be a DX module number standing for an entire HW function unit or a logical SW function unit on board DX11 central control General handling of error messages Error messages must always be acknowledged with the R key If trouble free operation is possible after the error is acknowledged then no further action is necessary If error messages occur again or frequently or if fault free operation is not possible run an error diagnosis see chapter entitled Troubleshooting gt 119 In some cases it can be advisable to obtain more information about the history or frequency of the errors from the error logging memory S007 and from S XABCon l Properties More details see chapter entitled Opening Extended Details see also chapter entitled Error logging memory gt 119 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 81 List of error messages In the following tabl
217. original position Plug the connectors back in again 8 9 1 rA 3 Replacing cable L7 L117 or L108 in cable track 2 Reattach the covers 1 Switch the unit on 32 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 13 Cable Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 2 Move the slide downward to a pleasant working position using the Up Down keys on the control panel Switch the unit off again Remove the arm cover Remove the two cross braces and the cover plate of board DX1 NOTICE Wrap the connector X303 cable L108 with adhesive tape immediately after pulling it off to protect the detent at the connector against breaking off Disconnect the fiber optic cable L7 L117 and cable L108 from board DX1 7 Switch the unit on 8 Use the Up Down keys on the control panel to move the slide up Tip If the height adjustment motor is inoperative you can also move the slide manually gt 251 9 Switch the unit off again 10 Remove the covers Intermediate piece and Profile top and bottom Tip While loosening the screws press the top profile cover down towards the unit and allow it to slide down once the screws are loose 11 Remove board DX32 Removing board DX32 gt 254 12 Detach fiber optic cable L7 L117 and cable L108 from the cable clamps at the rear of the unit and pull the cables through the slit in the slide toward the front into the stand oon g 13 Unscrew the angle brackets on both
218. orm service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 8 S009 Flash file system Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 2 Totrigger the memory process press the Memory key A R key B Easypad or LED above the R key B Multipad lights up followed by the R key B The data are transferred During the data transfer a progress indicator is displayed in selection field 1 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 TUTT F 64 26 345 D3437 210 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 9 S011 Dosimetry without ring movement S011 Dosimetry without ring movement Unit is radiating X rays Excess exposure to X rays is detrimental to health gt Use the prescribed accessories for radiation protection gt Do not stay in the X ray room during exposure Move as far away from the unit as the coiled cable for the release button allows you to ee E SS SSCSC CS S011 ee Dosimetry without ring movement 011 9 Yes For the GALILEOS Compact and GALILEOS Comfort 4 s continuous radiation with 85 kV 7 mA for current measurement For the GALILEOS Comfort PLUS 4 s continuous radiation with 98 kV 6 mA for current measurement 011 12 Yes Dosimetry with pulsed radiation SR service routine SA security access S011 Test step 9 Current measurement unpulsed
219. ot acknowledge any error messages at this time 2 Install the current version of the SIDEXIS XG software V2 5 6 or higher If the current version of SIDEXIS XG is a patch version the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version 3 Update the software to version V04 12 00 or higher via automatic update gt 47 4 If multiple units are installed in a single network Set the IP address via SiXABCon 5 Switch off the unit 6 Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The error message E1 10 03 format flash file system is displayed The message No Key is displayed on the Multipad 7 Press the R key to acknowledge the error message The formatting of the flash file system is started automatically Error message E1 10 04 is displayed during the entire process approx 5 6 min When the formatting is finished the error message is automatically acknowledged by the system and error message E6 11 07 undefined system class is displayed 8 Press the R key to acknowledge the error message The access level for the service menu level 4 is automatically started 9 Press and hold down the Service key until the LEDs above the patient symbol keys light up approx 2 s 10 Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence b d a within the next 4 seconds After you have entered the key combination correctly the service 64 26 345 D3437 D343
220. over plate K upwards to remove it from the X ray detector 4 Plug cable L13 from the ring onto connector X201 on PCB DX89 and use the two screws to secure it 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 281 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 8 X ray detector Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 1x M5x12 L 1xO5 3 M ES 1x 5 3 5 Connect the grounding cable from the ring with screw G as well as with washer L serrated washer M and contact washer N 6 NOTICE Ensure that cable L13 is correctly laid in the nut O of the X ray detector 64 26 345 D3437 282 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 8 X ray detector Route the cable L13 as illustrated in the diagram and attach the cover shielding on the X ray detector housing using the 2 clamps D and screws B Depending on the unit hardware version the brackets on your unit may differ slightly from those shown 7 Secure the cable with clamp E and screw C Z Tr ee a ee ee wy WS ESS al A 5 L XZ Z 4 oN 5 o f P oo oo 2 o k o o g o0o0o0o o N f o0o00o0o o eo oo S ooo 00 N oeoo 0 o 4 e o o oo coe 00 o 0 9 2 0 oo se o o Y Aer 2 0 o P L o o Z lt o Ad o g fa fy i eo o A PD A Fi Uy b V4 W A et j
221. own menu 4 Confirm the settings you have made by clicking the Save values button The settings are saved The X ray component has been successfully registered Please release the component for the corresponding computer The Device configuration dialog window appears and informs you that the configuration of the X ray component has been successfully completed 5 Confirm this dialog by clicking the OK button 6 Close the Device configuration menu by clicking the Quit button The new X ray component appears in the device list of the menu Configuration of the X ray component Adding the component manually Ce Mae oe a 2c ic j EF Eth rnet addnets i 6 ere G briiri magik Stancaed Grem Locais Sirona Contre Server PCOQOESR Sirona 1 Select the Add component manually element 2 Enter the values in the menu input fields manually 3 Select the desired RCU in the Sirona Control Server pull down menu 4 Confirm the settings you have made by clicking the Save values button The settings are saved The X ray component has been successfully registered Please release the component for the corresponding computer S The Device configuration dialog window appears and informs you that the configuration of the X ray component has been successfully completed 5 Confirm this dialog by clicking the OA but
222. own the Service key until the LEDs above the patient symbol keys light up approx 2 s Then press the patient symbol keys in the sequence b d a within the next 4 seconds After you have entered the key combination correctly the service routine S017 test step 1 select confirm system class is started automatically The LED above the Memory key lights up Acknowledge any additional error messages with the R key 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Case H 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Confirm the GALILEOS Compact system class 04 To do this first press the Memory key LED above the R key lights up and then the R key Exit the service routine by pressing the arrow key above selection field 3 Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The error message E6 15 05 undefined system serial number is displayed Press the R key to acknowledge the error message The error message E7 11 15 incorrect collimator configuration is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Call the service menu gt 180 Call the service routine S008 3 check the serial number and confirm this if necessary gt 204 The unit serial number is located on the nameplate of the unit NOTICE If the serial number is incorrect exit the update process and contact
223. p at all the system is overexposed and you cannot continue the adjustment In this case repeat the diaphragm adjustment procedure and then check the radiation beam field again If the lighting strips still light up during the re check of the beam field contact the SIRONA Customer Service Center CSC to solve the problem seman cere 7 6 To confirm that the lighting strips on the distortion phantom are notlit Mn ae n a click the check box on the left next to the text Radiation field position correct 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 161 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS The box will appear checked The beam field check is now completed 7 Continue the calibration procedure with the dosimetry gt 162 Tip Leave the distortion phantom on the unit for the next calibration step Dosimetry A dosimeter for pulsed radiation e g Mult O Meter 512L is required for dosimetry 4 3D Adjustment calibration Diaphragm Radiation field Distortion Geometry 4 Backup Calibration data Dose is within range of 1 20 2 30 mGy Image acquisition l S ee ee GE Uy Hold down Se _ Next The Adjustment calibration menu is called gt 147 The distortion phantom is clipped onto the cover of the X ray detector for
224. pad touchscreen GALILEOS Comfort DX71 LED display on Multipad GALILEOS Compact DX89 Image memory of the X ray detector Motor MU Rotary movement of rotating element Light barriers Position control of the ring cycle LS Position control of the swivel arm not available as individual repair part see spare parts list 64 26 345 D3437 20 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 2 Hardware Stand DX32 Power supply board Motor MHV Linear movement of height adjustment Remote control DX42 Display board for remote control 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 21 3 Unit description Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 2 Hardware Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS FaceScan FACESCAN Component Designation Function Boards FACESCAN Modular board Power supply board 64 26 345 D3437 22 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 2 Hardware Cabling overview DX32 X2 DX6 X3 gt x lt N M x lt a DX1 X100 DX1 J302 A Line filter Wago terminal 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 23 3 Unit description Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 2 Hardware Ser
225. panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 6 S007 Error logging memory Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS A progress indicator is displayed during the service function 3 After the adjustment has been performed exit the service routine gt 190 2mV VH S007 Error logging memory se iS Function SCS sor Temene OOOO sor o ispeyenoroodngmemoy oo 50075 No Enabling CAN bus logging in the web iterace SR service routine SHZ security access S007 Test step 1 Display error logging memory In addition to service routine S007 1 you can also use the extended detail query in SiXABCon to check the error logging memory Easypad touchscreen Symbol on the control Status Function panel Patient symbol key 1 B is selected Step width for scrolling between error events 1 Patient symbol key 2 C is selected Step width for scrolling between error events 10 Patient symbol key 3 D is selected Step width for scrolling between error events 100 64 26 345 D3437 196 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 66 E6 81 07 2004 12 14 12 31 09 28 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 8 Perform service routines via the control panel 8 6 S007 Error logging memory Selection field Selection display Error code for the selected event 3 Date and time of the selected error event Factory
226. possible and perform such an update if necessary E7 71 10 Module is stuck in bootloader stage Check board DX71 S gt 127 If the board remains in the bootloader stage S gt 47 e Repeat the software update S gt 303 e Replace board DX71 or Multipad S gt 265 E7 71 12 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Unit is not ready for operation e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 This error is a sequential fault Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages 111 E6 71 20 Contact to DX11 interrupted during operation Note error message on remote control S gt 119 DX42 and check log memory via S gt 121 extended details l S gt 133 Check the CAN bus S gt 324 Check cable L9 replace if necessary E7 7121 E3 71 30 E3 71 33 E3 71 34 E3 71 35 E3 71 36 E3 71 37 E3 71 38 E3 71 39 E3 71 40 E3 71 41 112 No CAN bus connection DX11 does not start Occurs in the start screen after power on Up down keys pressed on power on Light localizer key pressed during power on T key pressed during power on R key pressed during power on Service key actuated during power on Memory key actuated during power on Program selection key actuated during power on Radiation time key actuated during power on kV mA key actuated during pow
227. pumped out of the vacuum of the X ray detector by the getters hence the name getter pump The getter current is measured during operation If this does not drop below a certain value within 12 minutes the gettering is not o k In this case the error is probably caused by a defective x ray detector Image memory test LED on Image memory test is o k LED off Based on the PLL_FPGA LED check whether the FPGA on DX89 has started properly e PLL FPGA LED oft see the action under LED OFF for PLL_FPGA e PLL_FPGALED on Replace board DX89 gt 306 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 143 6 Troubleshooting Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 6 9 Fault diagnosis of the X ray detector and on board DX89 Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Operating voltages 28V 24V 5V 3 3V Operating voltages on DX89 and X ray detector 144 LEDs of operating voltages NOTICE The unit must be switched off before disconnecting any plugs or cables The four LEDs are powered directly by the four operating voltages and all must light up after the system start If this is not the case check connector X201 for firm seating If the connector is OK and the LEDs still do not light up then replace the X ray detector gt 279 These two LEDs PLL_FPGA and PLL_CCD must light up following the system start If this is not the case replace the x ray detector gt 279 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Si
228. r calibration gt 145 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 9 FaceScan FaceScan Replacing the scan unit Removing the defective scan unit Removing the covers 1 Undo the four screws K and remove the two covers J 2 Disconnect the cable H from the display board I on the inside of the cover F 3 Undo the six screws G and remove the cover F 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 285 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 9 FaceScan Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Disconnecting electrical connections 4 L78 Cl FSB1 ee Disconnect cable L78 3 from cable L78 4 Remove the cable L78 4 from the clamp Z Pull cable L78 4 from socket X2 of the FACESCAN modular board Disconnect the gray cable L78 3 from the chassis to the side Slacken the two screws S and remove the panel T The FACESCAN modular board is open YE SY E _L78 Cl FSB1 iagy E i 6 Pull gray cable L78 3 from socket X1 off the FACESCAN modular board 7 Refit the panel T with the two screws S 64 26 345 D3437 286 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 9 FaceScan Attaching the transport locks gt Screw the transport lock B to the FaceScan using the wing screws A for return shipping
229. r using the FaceScan USB stick Do not screw the cover cap A tight or gt f network configuration is to be completed later using a network cable Screw the cover cap A down with two screws What has to be done after replacing the scanner unit 1 Perform a white balance gt 168 2 Perform a complete unit adjustment or calibration 3 Perform some test exposures Replacing the PoE module Removing the faulty PoE module 1 Remove the bottom profile cover gt 36 2 Remove cable L76 from the cable clamp G 64 26 345 D3437 294 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 9 Repair 9 9 FaceScan Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 Detach cable L77 WH white and L77 BN brown from terminals K1 2 and K1 1 orange L77 L72 4 Pull cables L71 and L7 from sockets SC SC and BU1 5 Push the cable cover 1 upwards 6 Unplug the Ethernet cable L77 from the POE socket of the PoE module EOS bs ah ai i ha Te a bs ee 295 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 9 FaceScan Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 Unscrew the two screws K and the nuts L and remove the PoE module Installing the new PoE module 1 Put the PoE module P on the thread bolts H of the mains filter plate J the serrated washer must sit behind the fitting plate of the PoE module 2 Screw down the PoE mo
230. raphs GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort L S and GALILEOS Compact for unit versions supplied as of February 2013 It is intended for use exclusively by trained and authorized distributors and service technicians Other documentation required In addition to this manual you need the following documents Spare parts list e GALILEOS List of Spare Parts Order no 61 25 699 Wiring diagrams e GALILEOS Wiring References Order no 61 25 640 Installation Instructions e GALILEOS Installations Instructions Order No 61 25 574 e GALILEOS ORTHOPHOS XG 3D Software installation Order No 61 42 389 e GALAXIS Operator s Manual Order No 61 23 488 e SIDEXIS XG Digital Radiography Installation Instructions Order no 59 67 356 You can order the technical documentation in paper form free of change from our Customer Service Center by specifying the above mentioned order numbers REF You can also download the latest user documentation such as instructions for use from the Sirona homepage www sirona de HOME Service Technical Documentation y Tools and auxiliary materials e GALILEOS service set Order No 6146562 e Screwdriver set slot and Phillips e Torx offset screwdrivers TX10 TX20 TX25 included in the scope of supply e Hexagon socket head screwdriver hexagon socket head screw size 6mm included in the scope of supply e Open end wrench 13 mm A F e Socket wrench 13 mm A F 17 mm A F 18 mm A F
231. rd 2 Screw the protective plate T onto the FaceScan unit 3 Plug cable L78 L74 into the X2 socket on the FACESCAN modular board L78 L74 h Qe 4 Screw down the cover A onto the FaceScan Concluding the update 1 Switch the unit on 2 Perform a complete unit calibration gt 145 3 Perform a white balance gt 168 Option 2 Firmware update via the network Opening the web dialog 1 In SIDEXIS Manager start the Facescan Contiguration application 2 Click on the Facescanner in browser button A password dialog box opens 3 Inthe field User enter service 64 26 345 D3437 56 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 4 Inthe field Password enter sirona The Facescan Device Service web dialog opens Select Update dialog 1 Inthe menu bar select the menu item UPDATE The Facescan Firmware Update window opens 2 Press the Enter Update Menu button The unit restarts in update mode with the message System rebooting Please wait until both status leds are on and press Go to Update Menu The process takes a few minutes 3 When both LEDs light up press the Go fo Update Menu button Starting the update 1 Press the Browse button 2 Navigate to the firmware update file and select it 3 Press the Upload Image button The upload runs in the background and can take up to 10 mins The upload ends with the message Update successfully
232. rn the holding plates G over the chassis plate of the face scan unit 6 Push the installation aid C with the scan unit on to the sensor surface H of the X ray detector 7 Align the installation aid C to the center of the sensor surface H IMPORTANT Possible faulty alignment Displacement of the installation aid C can be caused through further fastening of the scan unit with the safety screws E gt When screwing in the safety screws E please ensure that the installation aid C always remains aligned 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 9 FaceScan 8 Move the safety screw E on both sides from the parked position L delivered condition to the function position M 9 Screw the scan unit down from below with the safety screws E In so doing the screws should pierce through the housing of the X ray detector The distance K between the plate of the scan unit and the cover of the X ray detector should be 6 mm 10 Screw down the 6 screws D 11 Remove the installation aid C IMPORTANT The mounting aid C remains with the customer 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 289 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 9 FaceScan Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 12 Unscrew the transport lock B NOTICE Keep the transport lock B and the wing screws
233. rona Dental Systems GmbH 3 2 Hardware ep L lt O cy N Z 2 oO LL ue p ww 49 ab 2 Z od 09 FaceScan cabling FACESCAN Power switch 64 26 345 D3437 2 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 3 Unit description Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 2 Hardware Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Board photos Boards in the slide Boards DX1 DX11 DX1 X403 X402 X607 J302 J309 X303 X302 X306 X309 J306 X503 J307 X500 ee IPUN X100 X103 X104 X611 i mrem bees X804 een eeeeete ee teeeee X802 __ ee E E EER vcr lnr oo X803 X811 X812 X813 N O N co N ice Lu or REF 63 17 056 Board DX6 This board is not available as a spare part or a repair part X ray tube assemblies can only be ordered as complete units GALILEOS Compact and GALILEOS Comfort 64 26 345 D3437 28 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 DX6 X305 X306 X2 X304 J2 EE J3 Je l PFE Lim i i z P E KA W b r Y Lii a ee ea eae eae 7 r 1 ka j ee a ilis Fri FiF iit diihi iii L neninn 2 Le Ty i Jape e iii d 5 x T ali e ed oe oe el ee PF x404 Teer 0 GALILEOS Comfort PLUS 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 29 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 2 Hardware
234. rona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Adjusting and calibrating the unit DANGER X rays When performing the following tests be sure to observe the radiation protection regulations applicable in your country see Operating Instructions DANGER X rays Radiation is signaled by the message X RAY active a beep and an X RAY LED You will need the following accessories to perform unit calibration e Geometry phantom gt 152 Distortion phantom gt 152 e Steel tape measure 300mm MPORTANT If you encounter problems with unit calibration check whether the required EMC conditions have been met No other heavy duty electric equipment e g air conditioning systems fan motors etc should be present in the vicinity of the unit Tip Move the unit to a typical working height bite block height A approx 1 520 mm 60 with the Up Down keys on the control panel before commencing calibration 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 145 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit 146 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS You can even adjust the height of the unit during the calibration procedure If the
235. roper removal of the USB stick can lead to loss of data on the USB stick Remove the USB stick using the safely remove function operating system of the PC 5 Switch GALILEOS on 6 Wait until the green LED of the FaceScan status display lights up The FaceScan is now ready for operation NOTICE Always switch the device on before inserting the USB stick Before the FaceScan USB stick can be inserted into the USB socket of the FACESCAN modular board GALILEOS must be switched on Otherwise the FaceScan configuration data will be reset to the factory settings 7 Insert the FaceScan USB stick into the USB port of the FACESCAN board The FaceScan will be configured Both LEDs of the status display light up 8 Wait until the light on both the LEDs of the status display goes out process lasts some 10 secs 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS we amp 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 4 General operating procedures 4 3 Configuring the unit NOTICE Faults during configuration If there has been an error during configuration only the blue LED of the status display goes out Starting the device again is not necessary here gt Inthe event ofan error check the log file facescan_settings log on the USB stick Make sure to read section Syntax of the configuration file facescan_settings cfg gt 68
236. s Replacing the pinion at the ring motor Removing the covers gt Remove the arm cover Removing the motor gt Remove the ring motor as described in the chapter Replacing the ring motor gt 261 Replacing the pinion 1 Loosen the set screws A and pull off the defective pinion B 2 IMPORTANT Ensure that the pinion is seated in the coupling so that the set screws A are sitting on the flattened surface C of the pinion 64 26 345 D3437 262 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 3 Ring motor M1_3 during subsequent tightening to prevent the pinion from turning Insert the new pinion 3 IMPORTANT Apply Loctite 242 to the set screws B before tightening Retighten the set screws A Installing the motor gt Reinsert the motor in the ring route the cable and connect the motor as described in the chapter Replacing the ring motor gt 261 Attaching the covers gt Reattach the covers Laying of cables when replacing the ring motor ll CA 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 203 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 4 Rotary knob on the swivel arm Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 1 Lay the cable G parallel to cable L3 and secure it with the clamps 2 Plug connectors X804 I and X813 H into board DX1 What has to be done after replacing the ring motor M1_3 pinion 1
237. s gt 125 Fast flashing Fast flashing CAN error no physical communication Disconnect CAN cables one after the with CAN bus possible there is other set jumpers to inner position probably a short circuit in the CAN until the CAN bus functions again cable or on the board of a module V700 and V701 flash slowly Replace faulty module Off Fast flashing CAN error CAN bus TTP time trigger Disconnect CAN cables one after the protocol disturbed by defective other set jumpers to inner position constantly transmitting board bus until the CAN bus functions again heavy V700 and V701 flash slowly Replace faulty module Off Off System did not power up DX11 Switch unit off and on again and wait until end of power on time Jumper positions in the CAN bus The jumpers are located on board DX1 at sockets X302 X303 X306 X307 X309 X500 and X503 see also wiring diagrams If a cable is connected to the socket the corresponding jumpers must be set to the outer position If no cable is plugged in the jumpers must be set to the inner position If a jumper is set to the inner position without a cable plugged in the CAN bus is interrupted at this location Modules located behind this location can no longer be connected to the CAN bus and therefore do not function 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 125 6 Troubleshooting Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 6 2 Checking the CAN bus Service Manual as of February 2013 GA
238. s of SIDEXIS S 47 protected XG and the unit for compatibility perform software update if necessary E111 23 No matching iris diaphragm setting Check the software versions of SIDEXIS S gt 47 is available for the current program XG and the unit for compatibility perform parameters software update if necessary E7 11 24 NOTICE This message can only e Check the serial number of the X ray S gt 279 appear for the GALILEOS Comfort detector PLUS NOTICE The serial number of the X ray The installed X ray detector cannot detector must be 2 6000 for the be operated on this unit GALILEOS Comfort PLUS e Replace the X ray detector if necessary E1 1188 The unit is in demo mode If user mode is expressly required Occurs when the unit is switched on Switch the demo mode off CAUTION Radiation can be released after the demo mode is switched off Location 12 CAN bus E6 12 01 CAN controller initialization error on Check the CAN bus S gt 121 DX1 E6 12 02 CAN malfunction cannot be e Check the CAN bus S gt 121 assigned to module 64 26 345 D3437 96 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Location 13 Stand Peripherals see E4 13 04 Actuator 1 position counter error Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure E If the error occurs repeatedly e Check the swivel arm connection on board E DX1 se E4 13 21 Ring motor has not r
239. sanees 147 7 1 2 1 Calling the Adjustment Calibration MeNu ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeee ees 147 R2 2 MICU STRUCT Cites cas ere nee ae nl cad te oa pies Lead een dnaet aia 149 7 1 3 Enabling exposure readineSs cccccccsecceseceseceeeceeeseeessecasecseessess 151 TANGA TAK GAN CXDO SUNG tase ncsssnccreateuoadaheauneatecaadicateatecceotsaauearnenisdeetanedts 151 TNS DAVOS valss acae a ceevat eet ade igs ees 152 7 1 6 Test phantoms for adjustment and calibration ccccscceeeeeeee ees 152 712031 DISTOMION O Meenen a eee nea 152 7 1 6 2 Geometry phantom c cece cece ceececeeeceeeeceeeeseeeeeeesaueeseeessaeeseeesaaess 152 7 1 0 9 Constancy TEST DMAMLON senene e 154 7 2 Checking the mechanical system adjustment ccccceecceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 154 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu 066 155 kol Diaphragm IMAG enra a ieheat eaten ceaed tl tenstcaten te doals 155 7 3 2 Checking the radiation field cece ccecccsececeseeeseeeeseeseeeseeeeseessaess 161 koo DOSIME RY ee ee ee eee Be ogee eee 162 3 4 Sensor AGIUSUMENT sensui ae a a A Rs EKA TS 163 koad e adjustMeN i e a a E 164 1 9 0 SGhadng calb aton reesi e E R E 165 Fol Distoriomcalibralon ssassn E 166 LoS GEOMEUY calra OMe debe eectaieeueice accu atelal agate 167 7 4 Performing a white balance for FaceScan cccccccccseccceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeeaes 168 75 Mecnanicaleadj
240. ser data is overwritten including white balance and calibration data The network settings are however retained 2 Press the Settings Reset button The configuration is reset to the factory settings Reading unit data Reading the unit data of the GALILEOS via Extended Details 1 Start the S DEX S Manager under Start Programs SIDEXIS SIDEXIS XG 2 Click on Configuration of the X ray components The Configuration of the X ray components menu opens 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 General operating procedures Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 4 Reading unit data Mar SLEE R a ay LOTIL Whos A P NL Local approvals Sensors Attributes Print About Name GALILEOS bd Value 3 Select the Attributes tab 4 Click the Details button The current parameters are read from the unit and filed in an XML file under the network name of the unit in the PDATA P2K_Config folder The process can take up to 30 seconds After the parameters are read an editor displaying the data is opened automatically 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 71 4 General operating procedures Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 4 Reading unit data Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Details txt x 10 20 T 30 40 50 60 70 80 32 o TD 34 Standard Configuration DX 11 SS 36
241. setting 1 Call service routine S007 1 gt 182 2 Use the patient symbol keys B C D to select the step width for scrolling between the error events see table The selected patient symbol key lights up 3 Use the arrow keys A in selection field 1 to select the required error event 66 in the example The corresponding error message is displayed in selection field 2 77 Selection field 3 displays the date and time of the error event 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 Multipad 1 Call service routine S007 1 gt 182 2 Use the arrow keys A in selection field 1 to select the required error event 66 in the example Use the patient symbol keys to set the increment for scrolling between the error numbers Patient symbol key 1 left increment 1 factory setting Patient symbol key 2 increment 10 Patient symbol key 3 increment 100 The LED above the selected patient symbol key is lit up 197 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 6 S007 Error logging memory Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 Use the arrow keys B to scroll and display the corresponding error code gt 77 the time and the date of the error event in selection field 2 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 S007 Test step 2 Clearing error logging memory 1 Call service routine S007 2 gt 182 The system s readiness to clear the memory is indicated
242. sides of the cable track 64 26 345 D3437 328 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 9 13 Cable Remove the motor side end piece from the cable track With defective cable L7 L117 Unscrew cable L7 L117 from the interface board and remove the shield If cable L7 L117 should be intact and used again this step is not necessary Unless it is not possible to lay down the cable track flat near the stand see next step Remove the cable ties from the cable track and lay the cable track down on a flat surface stretched out CAUTION You must observe the position of connector X303 of cable L108 see image Carefully pull both cables together out of the cable track and the fabric tube With defective cable L108 Wrap the connector X303 of the new cable L108 with adhesive tape to protect the detent against breaking off Lay the cable track down on a flat surface stretched out Fasten the two new cables together with adhesive tape above the flag labels 329 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 13 Cable Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 21 CAUTION Push the green cable The white cable is carried along In this way you can prevent the sensitive fiber optic cable from being damaged Push both cables together into the cable trac
243. sockets on the cables are designated both on the boards and cables Check the designation when you pull off the cables Some cables feature markings of green adhesive tape Mark the corresponding positions on the unit before removing an old cable Lay the new cable so that the cable markings again come to rest at the corresponding positions marked on the unit while removing the old cable An overview of all cables can be found in the chapter Replacing fiber optic cable L5 L6 or L15 IMPORTANT If a radius limiter is not yet installed When replacing one cable all existing fiber optic cables L5 L6 or L15 should be retrofitted with the radius limiters included with delivery The radius limiters improve torsional and bending force tolerance 1 Remove the defective fiber optic cable 64 26 345 D3437 324 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 13 Cable 2 NOTICE Do not kink or twist fiber optic cables the bending radius may not be less than 20mm otherwise it is at risk of breaking Attach the radius limiter A close to the connector which is plugged onto board DX1 onto the cable 3 Plug the connector of the new fiber optic cable to the same color assignment on the board DX1 4 Lay the fiber optic cables up to point B and clip the radius limiter A at point B approx 900 mm from the connectors on DX1 onto the cable 5 Guide the fiber optic
244. st be identical to the number on the nameplate of the unit If an inadmissible serial number is entered the input will not be accepted and the serial number can be entered again Call service routine 8017 25 and configure the installed diaphragm type Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The message No Key should no longer appear The error message E1 11 20 invalid unit calibration is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Perform a complete unit calibration gt 145 After a successful unit calibration has been performed the error message should no longer appear Call up the Extended Details via SiXABCon This generates an XML file with the system parameters which is filed in the PDATA P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit The process is completed New tube assembly GALILEOS Compact Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher Switch the unit on If the software version of the newly installed DX6 does not match the latest main software version Perform a software update to the latest version gt 47 Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The error message E6 11 07 undefined unit class is displayed The message No Key is displayed on the Multipad Press the R key to acknowledge the error message The access level for the service menu level 4 is automatically started Press and hold d
245. starting position H3 20 R button confirm exposure data e Press the R key e Exposure data are confirmed H3 21 Close the door e Close the door or check door contact 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 T1 H3 23 Swivel pendant into end position e Move the swivel arm to its end position completely open or completely closed H3 24 The X ray detector preparation is in progress Wait until the X ray detector is ready This can take up to 10 minutes H4 03 Switch SIDEXIS to ready for exposure state Make SIDEXIS XG ready for exposure H4 07 SIDEXIS 3D Vorauswahl korrigieren Correct SIDEXIS XG 3D preselection H4 08 SIDEXIS 3D Aufnahme w hlen Correct SIDEXIS XG 3D preselection H4 20 Get existing exposure IMPORTANT Do not switch the system off until the help message has disappeared e Get exposure with Sirona Control Admin see SIDEXIS XG Operator s Manual REF 59 62 134 System messages For the GALILEOS Compact system codes are only displayed on the Multipad and the remote control For the GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS ComfortPLYS the system messages are shown on the Easypad in plain text form 100 System is starting e Wait no action required 110 Exposure not possible e Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure 150 Sensor Is prepaired XX seconds e Wait no action required The message will be deleted automatically
246. stems GmbH 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu 6 IMPORTANT When a new distortion calibration is saved the geometric calibration is set to invalid red LEDs If the calibration is OK or possible click on the Save values button The calibration is saved The distortion calibration is now complete 7 Remove the distortion phantom again from the X ray detector cover 8 Continue the calibration procedure with the geometry calibration gt 167 Geometry calibration IMPORTANT For an installed and configured FACESCAN The face scanner is automatically calibrated during the geometry calibration of GALILEOS In this case make sure that the normal room lighting is switched on during the calibration process The room does not have to be darkened during calibration 4 3D Adjustment calibration Diaphragm Radiation field Dose measurement Sensor Iris Shading Distortion 4 Backup Calibration data Geometric calibration Image acquisition Follawing a Sirona S The Adjustment calibration menu is called gt 147 1 Inthe structure tree under 3D Adjustment calibration click on the Geometry element S010 13 The Geometry menu is displayed in the action area 2 Insert the geometric phantom in the bite block holder o
247. t H4 03 SIDEXIS XG is not ready for exposure make unit ready for exposure Status messages Easypad Multipad Ready for exposure no special display kV level and mAs are displayed Exposure not possible S110 Please wait Progress bar Ready for exposure in XXs XXs X RAY Active LED lights up on control panel If error message E1 11 20 is displayed on the control panel and or the remote control during the calibration process this does not necessarily indicate an equipment error This error message only indicates that the adjustment or calibration data of the unit is incomplete at this point Acknowledge the error message with the R key if applicable and continue the adjustment or calibration procedure For assistance with other help messages or error messages displayed during the adjustment or calibration process please refer to the section of these instructions entitled Messages gt 77 Adjustment Calibration menu The menu guides you through the procedure to adjust and calibrate the unit Calling the Adjustment Calibration menu You can call the Adjustment calibration menu via SIDEXIS XG 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 147 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Multipad 148 Utilities Constancy test 1 3D
248. t If the unit is not used for a longer period of time a slight jolt may occur the adjustment is possible first time it starts moving However the next time it starts moving it must execute a jolt free soft start gt Use the Up Down keys on the control panel to move the unit and observe the movement of the slide The slide must start in gentle starting and then change over to a faster movement If the height adjustment cannot be correctly positioned in detail using the gentle start Lubricate the spindle with a light coat of Chesterton 622 64 26 345 D3437 332 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Check whether the height adjustment limit switches are functioning properly Check whether an audible signal can be heard during height adjustment Check whether the cables feeding the unit are OK Preparing the measurement Performing measurements 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 gt Manually press the actuators C of both limit switches D one after the other while the height adjustment motor is running The motor must stop If the motor does not stop Check the corresponding microswitch and replace if necessary Check cable L19 replace if necessary Use the Up Down keys on the control panel to move the unit up and down An acoustic signal must be audible If no acoustic signal sounds Replace board DX1 gt 302 Checking the cables for damage gt Perform a visual inspection of the power ca
249. t cable L78 L74 into slot X2 again For network configuration via network cable gt Screw down the protective plate T Attaching the cover 1 Remove the protective caps E from the four cameras IMPORTANT Permitted cleaning agents Adry lint free cloth Acleaning agent approved by Sirona An up to date list of approved agents can be downloaded from the Internet at the address www sirona com Select the SERVICE Care and cleaning menu items in the navigation system and then open the Care and cleaning agents document If you have no access to the Internet please contact your dental depot to request the list REF 59 70 905 2 Clean the surface of the mirror and the vision panel inside the FaceScan cover 64 26 345 D3437 292 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 9 FaceScan 3 Screw down the covering bonnet F from below with 6 screws G 4 Connect the cable H with the display board I to the covering bonnet F 5 Read the serial number on the identification plate S and record this on the device certificate a 4 i E 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 293 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 9 FaceScan Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 6 Screw the right end cap J with two screws K down on the scan unit 7 fnetwork configuration is to be completed late
250. t pens pencils etc to operate the touchscreen gt Only use your fingertips to operate the touchscreen 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 45 IMPORTANT After the unit is switched on the touchscreen has only limited readability for several minutes until the background lighting has completed its warm up phase After the unit is switched off with the main switch the touchscreen remains lit for approx another 3 to 5 seconds 1 Turn the main switch A to position I 2 Wait for approx 1 minute The X ray radiation indicator B lights up for approx 1 second as a functional check After approx 2 seconds the green LED C in the upper part of the control panel lights up This LED remains lit as long as the unit is on The start screen is displayed on the touchscreen for several seconds The program selection is then displayed on the touchscreen 3 Check whether the patient symbols on the touchscreen can be selected in exactly the right position If problems occur during selection adjust the touchscreen 4 Press the R key The unit moves to its starting position 5 Switch on the PC 6 Start SIDEXIS XG As long as no connection has been made to SIDEXIS XG the message is displayed in the comment line of the control panel on the Switch SIDEXIS to ready for exposure state touchscreen Switching the GALILEOS Compact on 1 Turn the main switch A to position I
251. te the evaluation of the sensor calibration is displayed in the message window If the information in the message window indicates that calibration is not OK and or not possible keep repeating the procedure starting with Step b until calibration is OK and or possible If you have repeated the procedure three times and still have not attained a positive result please contact the SIRONA Customer Service Center CSC 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 163 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 5 Ifthe adjustment is OK or possible click the Save values button The adjustment is saved The sensor adjustment is now complete 6 Continue the calibration procedure with the iris adjustment gt 164 Iris adjustment 4 3D Adjustment calibration Diaphragm Radiation field Dose measurement Sensor In Shading Distortion Geometry 4 Backup Calibration data Ino caiaratian ie Holdelease ie aion down SITE S The Adjustment calibration menu is called gt 147 1 Inthe structure tree under 3D Adjustment calibration click on the Tris element SO10 10 The ris menu is displayed in the action area 2 Click the mage acquisition button SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151
252. ted the content of the error logging memory is lost SR Jar Function SSCS S009 Flashfile system S009 4 Yes Initializing the flash file system 009 5 No Test flash file system S009 7 Yes Save restore DX89 data SR service routine SHZ security access S009 Test step 4 Formatting flash file system 1 Call service routine S009 4 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 205 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 8 S009 Flash file system Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 2 To initialize the flash file system press the Memory key A R key Easypad or LED above R key Multipad lights up followed by the R key B Flash file system formatting in progress This process takes approx 5 6 mins and is visualized by a progress indicator TUTT F 64 26 345 D3437 206 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 8 S009 Flash file system The end of this process is indicated by the message 0000 in selection field 2 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 S009 Test step 5 Test flash file system 1 Call service routine S009 5 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 20 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 8 S009 Flash file system Service Man
253. temperature sensor gt Read the temperature in the single tank with service routine is supplying plausible values 005 5 gt 193 Ifthe displayed temperature reading is not plausible Replace the tube assembly gt 316 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 335 10 Maintenance Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 10 5 Checking the idling rollers Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Checking the idling rollers Check whether the idling rollers A are gt Manually turn the ring B and check it for smooth and easy OK movement If the ring does not move smoothly and easily Remove the housing covers and check the idle rollers A for dirt and foreign particles Clean and remove foreign particles if necessary 64 26 345 D3437 336 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 10 Maintenance Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 10 6 Checking the grounding straps Checking the grounding straps Grounding strap in the stand aij E 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 337 10 Maintenance Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 10 7 Checking the cable shields Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Grounding strap on the image detector Check whether the grounding straps 1 Perform a visual and hands on inspection of the grounding straps to have complete and firm contact ensure that they have complete and firm contact at the positions m
254. tes l Switch off the unit during power on of keys and safety signals during power on Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure the error occurs again Run an error diagnosis gt 82 Malfunction or This error group includes all errors Acknowledge the error message and make mechanical obstruction that indicate problems with the sure that the movements of the unit are not of unit movements motor controlled movements on obstructed re Cue OIREANN e Repeat the last procedure step or exposure If the error occurs again e Run an error diagnosis gt 82 Malfunction during the This error group includes all errors Acknowledge the error message exposure or during resulting from a certain system exposure preparation action triggered by the user which could not be performed because a If the error occurs again required internal partial function software or hardware is not ready or fails e Repeat the last procedure step or exposure e Run an error diagnosis gt 82 64 26 345 D3437 80 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Error during system This error group includes all errors Acknowledge the error message self test which may occur spontaneously and without any related operator action They may be caused by Further operation of the unit is possible system self tests e Run an error diagnosis gt 82 Unrecoverable system This error group includes all errors Run an err
255. the upper lead diaphragm must be adjusted 1 Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the lower jaw position Loosen both screws B of the lead diaphragm Manually adjust lead diaphragm C Tighten both screws B firmly oP amp bd Repeat the diaphragm exposure gt 155 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 173 Perform service routines via the control panel Overview of service routines List of all service routines available for selection Service routine Function S002 Radiation without rotary movement selectable kV mA level and S gt 191 maximum radiation time 002 5 Long term exposure with fixed radiation intervals from any S gt 191 position ST 192 512193 512193 512198 512198 5 12 198 5 1200 S 2194 S 7203 S 204 S 2205 5 7205 S 12207 S 2209 S 2217 5 12217 5 172121 S 2213 S 2213 S 2215 S 72161 S 2217 Configuration service Configuring the hardware version S017 4 Select a language GALILEOS Comfort S008 Update service S gt 203 S S S Op 1 gt 221 GALILEOS Comfort L S 64 26 345 D3437 174 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Service routine Function see 017 5 Select a language set S gt 222 GALILEOS Comfort GALILEOS Comfort LUS 017 6 Activate the remote control display S017 7 Configure the switching plate for the swivel arm 017 9 for internal Sirona purposes only LS 017 13 E
256. the Sirona Customer Service Center Call service routine 8017 25 and configure the installed diaphragm type Switch off the unit Wait for approx 1 minute Then switch the unit back on The message No Key should no longer appear Install the current version of the SIDEXIS XG software V2 5 6 or higher If the current version of SIDEXIS XG is a patch version the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version Update the software to version V04 12 00 or higher via automatic update gt 47 The error message E1 11 20 invalid unit calibration is displayed Acknowledge the error message with the R key Perform a complete unit calibration gt 145 After a successful unit calibration has been performed the error message should no longer appear Perform an acceptance test for Germany only without calling in an expert Call up the Extended Details via SiXABCon This generates an XML file with the system parameters which is filed in the PDATA P2K_Config directory under the network name of the unit The process is completed Tube assembly from another unit GALILEOS Compact Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher 319 Removing the defective energy chain 320 IMPORTANT Replacement is only possible within the same unit class e g the tube assembly must come from a GALILEOS Compact unit if it is to be installed in a GALILEOS Compact unit
257. the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 11 S017 Configuration service 1 Call service routine S017 5 gt 182 Once the service routine has been selected the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1 2 Use the arrow keys A to select the code for the required language set in selection field 1 see table Once the language set has been selected the Memory key B lights up 3 Save the setting gt 188 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 S017 Test step 6 Enable disable the remote control Remote control disabled 01 Remote control enabled Factory setting 1 Call service routine S017 6 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 223 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 11 S017 Configuration service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Once the service routine has been selected the code for the current setting is displayed in selection field 1 A 2 Use arrow keys A to select the code for the required setting in selection field 1 see table Once the required setting has been selected Memory key B Easypad or the LED above Memory key B Multipad lights up 3 Save the setting gt 188 4 Exit the service routine gt 190 64 26 345 D3437 224 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the contr
258. the left next to the text The box will appear checked The dosimetry is now complete 8 Remove the sensor from the distortion phantom and take the phantom off the X ray detector 9 Continue the calibration procedure with the sensor adjustment gt 163 Sensor adjustment lt 3D Adjustment calibration v Diaphragm Radiation field Dose measurement Shading Distortion Geometry 4 Backup Calibration data Sensor Qa calibration Hala down ee z Image acquisition i po The Adjustment calibration menu is called gt 147 1 Inthe structure tree under 3D Agjustment calibration click on the Sensor element S010 14 The Sensor menu is displayed in the action area 2 Click the mage acquisition button SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151 Service routine S010 14 is displayed on the control panel 3 Press the R key to move the unit back to the starting position 4 Press the release button Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete the preview image is displayed in the exposure window and the acoustic signal indicating the end of the exposure double beep sounds if it has been configured IMPORTANT This process takes approx 2 3 minutes The unit transfers the acquired images to the Reconstruction and Control Unit RCU This process can take 2 3 minutes Once the transfer is comple
259. the right side of the unit i e not above the swivel arm 2 Loosen the two lower screws A approx 2 to 3 turns 64 26 345 D3437 268 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 6 X ray tube unit 3 Push the diaphragm B upward and then toward the front Removing the defective X ray tube assembly 1 Loosen the four screws A and remove cover plate B incl the cable shielding L3 Caution Also pull cable L3 off connector X3 and the ground cable off connector X304 on board DX6 Tip The ferrite core and cable shielding can remain on the cover plate 2 Detach cables L5 L6 and L15 from the rubber grommets and pull the cables off of sockets J6 L5 J2 J3 L6 and J5 L15 on board DX6 3 Loosen the two rear screws C on the tube assembly 4 CAUTION The tube assembly is heavy Hold the tube assembly firmly in place loosen the two front screws D 3 4 turns and remove the tube assembly toward the front Installing the new tube assembly 1 Hang the new tube assembly on the two front screws D of the rotating unit and tighten them securely N Insert the two rear screws C and tighten them firmly Q Plug cables L3 L5 L6 and L15 as well as the ground cable back onto board DX6 and reattach the cables to the rubber grommets 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 269 Installing the di
260. thernet 1 Gbit Ethernet recommended RJ45 for LAN cable 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Software compatibility GALILEOS firmware Any software combinations other than those listed here are not allowed If a module software version does not match the main software version the main software version is identified with an asterisk on the info screen e g 04 12 00 oxe aoo oxo fezo oa jezo oxa fezo oms jezo oxa fewo oxa foo on jeso oxn fano oxmseea nao o ooo we fms oxerroa rss Oooo SIDEXIS XG GALILEOS RCU server GALILEOS FaceScan unit FaceScan FaceScan software software Implant software PC software USB stick V2 5 6 or V2 0 V2 3 V1 9SP1 V1 15 369 V1 2 FS0004 higher V1 14369 oxe faor oxo feso oma feso oz jezo xas o ora feso os foo on feso on jano 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 43 DXIHFPGA 010400 ox wo oxereea forsso S SIDEXIS XG GALILEOS RCU server GALILEOS FaceScan unit FaceScan FaceScan software software Implant software PC software USB stick V2 5 6 or V2 1 V2 4 V1 9 SP1 V1 15 369 V1 2 FS0004 higher V1 14369 FaceScan firmware FaceScan GALILEOS GALILEOS Software SIDEXIS XG main unit software FS 0004 V04 12 00 or higher V2 0 or higher V2 5 6 or higher or higher GALILEOS Software GALILEOS CD index Remarks Software V2 0 Requires main unit software V 04 12 00 or h
261. tolerance i e lie inside of the auxiliary lies A If the edge is out of tolerance B the diaphragm must be adjusted mechanically gt 171 O If the exposure is OK A confirm this by clicking the check box located to the right of the Upper jaw button The box will appear checked The adjustment for the Upper jaw diaphragm setting is now complete The Lower jaw button is selectable Continue the calibration procedure with the adjustment of the Lower jaw diaphragm setting The Adjustment calibration menu is called gt 147 NAS The element Diaphragm is selected under 3D Adjustment calibration in the structure tree S030 5 159 The Lower jaw button is selectable in the mage acquisition menu area 1 Set the rotary knob on the tube assembly to the lower jaw position 2 Click the Lower jaw button SIDEXIS XG makes the unit ready for exposure gt 151 Service routine S030 5 is displayed on the control panel 3 Take an exposure gt 151 4 Evaluate the image Adjustment OK Bo Adjustment not OK The lower edge of the upper lead diaphragm must be within tolerance i e lie inside of the auxiliary lines A 64 26 345 D3437 160 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 7 3 Adjustment and calibration via the Service Functions menu
262. ton 6 Close the Device contiguration menu by clicking the Quit button The new X ray component appears in the device list of the menu Configuration of the X ray component 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 63 4 General operating procedures Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 4 3 Configuring the unit Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS Approval of the X ray component JS The X ray component must have been selected gt 59 via the Device configuration menu SEFE eo ta me a a faa at Fad Mai gic thls Delete component gt Click on the check box in front of the X ray component that you would like to enable and accept the setting by clicking on the Apply button The X ray component is enabled T Add component Delete component Change Name 001015004045 172 29 7 40 209 299 0 0 172 239 0 1 0 PCD20693 Checking enablement gt To check the communication with the unit click the Device info button 64 26 345 D3437 64 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 General operating procedures 4 3 Configuring the unit 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 If the unit is communicating a logfile configuration appears with information on the unit TE E ae Ee E ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee eee ee e e Serialnumber gt System Software Version v04 14 00 Bootmode Static
263. trol panel Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 5 S005 General X ray tube assembly service Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS After the service routine has been selected selection field 1 displays the single tank temperature in C The display is updated once per second 2 Exit the service routine gt 190 Automatic adjustment of pulse preheating 1 Call service routine S005 8 gt 182 64 26 345 D3437 194 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 5 S005 General X ray tube assembly service An inactive progress indicator in selection field 1 and the message FFFF in selection field 2 signal that the system is ready for compensation 2 Start the automatic adjustment by pressing and holding the release button IMPORTANT Keep pressing the release button until adjustment is completed and the new offset value for preheating is displayed If you interrupt the adjustment procedure prematurely by letting go of the release button the message EEEE appears in selection field 2 This message must be acknowledged by pressing the R key When pressing the release button radiation is released for 2 s to warm up the tube assembly to operating temperature This is followed by the automatic tuning routine 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 195 8 Perform service routines via the control
264. ual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 2 To test the flash file system press the Memory key A R key Easypad or LED above R key Multipad lights up followed by the R key B Once the system has passed the test without errors OK appears in selection field 1 Ifthe test fails ERROR is displayed In this case the flash file system must be formatted with service routine S009 4 gt 205 3 Exit the service routine gt 190 64 26 345 D3437 208 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 8 Perform service routines via the control panel Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 8 8 S009 Flash file system S009 Test step 7 Save restore DX89 data 1 Call service routine S009 7 gt 182 After you select this service routine the following can be displayed in selection field 1 DX89 gt DX11 DX89 gt DX11 gt Sc Data is transferred from DX89 to DX11 memory key A P Easypad or LED above the memory key A Multipad is lit up DX11 gt DX89 Data is transferred from DX11 to DX89 memory key A Easypad or LED above the memory key A Multipad is lit up Data on both boards DX11 and DX89 is valid or the data transfer is not possible all keys Easypad or LEDs Multipad are not lit Only one practical direction of data transfer is offered at any one time If both locations contain valid data is displayed 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 209 8 Perf
265. ubber pads N to the new motor They are included in the scope of supply of a new HA motor Installing the new motor Install the height adjustment motor in the reverse order of removal Please observe the following Nuts When fastening the motor make sure that all three screws are tightened uniformly and protrude approx 3 mm out of the nut Acorn nuts If acorn nuts have been installed in the unit turn the acorn nuts to the end stop CAUTION Do not forget to reattach all connectors or cables route them in their original position and reattach all cable ties and cable clamps 64 26 345 D3437 256 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 Repair Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 9 2 Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle Make sure that none of the cables are crushed by the cover plates of the DX32 connection box Final work With the height adjustment service kit 1 After reinstalling the spindle screw the first of the two screws E back into the spindle holder 2 Then remove the locking pin and screw in the second of the two screws E 3 Attach the cover D Remove the clamp A 5 Only then should you check the travel function of the slide Without the height adjustment service kit Attach the spindle holder F with the two screws E Attach the cover D Reattach the upper limit stop to the previously marked position Only then should you check the travel functi
266. ube assembly S gt 268 Actions required see e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 Actions required see o e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 E6 06 56 Error during auto compensation e Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary S gt 268 Error code E6 06 52 Description MAmax Error code E6 06 53 Description KVmax Error code E6 06 54 Description Basic heating pulses not applied Error code E6 06 55 Description Anode voltage too low Let the tube assembly cool down for approx 30 mins and repeat this procedure If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 268 e Replace the tube assembly 64 26 345 D3437 86 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 S gt 324 S gt 302 E6 06 60 TDI signal from board DX11 to e Replace cable L15 board DX6 is disturbed e Replace board DX1 TDI Signal to start synchronized readout sequence and to prepare the next exposure e Replace the tube assembly S gt 268 E6 06 65 Tube current or tube voltage is too Replace the tube assembly E gt 268 high in standby mode E6 06 66 Impermissible tube type e Check tube type of tube assembly using extended detail query replace tube assembly if necessary E6 06 67 Light guide input TDI is active during Check TDI signal Switcn om Switch off the unit TDI
267. uld be put in between 9 Remove connector X2 from board DX32 and remove the protective conductor 10 Remove cable L2 from terminal X100 and pull it downwards from out of the connection box F 11 Remove connector X1 from board DX32 12 Loosen the two left hand screws G 13 Loosen the two screws on the right 1 and remove the connection box including board DX32 Replacing the height adjustment motor spindle Removing the spindle 1 Loosen the two screws E on the spindle holder F if you have not already done so gt 251 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 255 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 2 Height adjustment motor M1_4 spindle Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 2 Turn spindle holder D with an 18 mm A F socket wrench counterclockwise until the motor comes to rest on the limit stop and spindle L has been turned all the way out of the motor 3 Remove the straight pin K 4 Remove the spindle L Tip First pull spindle L downward along the motor and then diagonally upward and out of the unit 1 Pull the pulse generator cable connector X402 off board DX1 2 Detach the motor cable from the cable harness and carefully pull it out of the stand 3 Pull the motor connecting cable off of the filter 4 Loosen the three screws M 5 Remove the motor while carefully pulling the motor cable out of the stand gt Attach the new r
268. unit a Device configuration Boot service Boot amio Automate search Acii enmapsvwalirs y Pieat fertch ga the hi cceiponent to Ge coeigured if it is alneacy miihed an Bren Pret patch A olf and back on hiarr ci pio Ethernet address DOLd ooth4as E adreg 1727484 Subrurt raik P55 255 00 Standard Geter 172741 Loca tecen Sirena Contre Sennen PODIDGSE 2 If you want to you can enter an individual IP address in the P address input field and then click into one of the other input fields with the cursor Default values suitable for the IP address are automatically entered in the Subnet mask and Standard Gateway input fields 3 You can either overwrite the default values in the input fields or leave them unchanged depending on the network involved 4 Select the desired RCU in the Sirona Control Server pull down menu 5 Confirm the settings you have made by clicking the Save values button The settings are saved Please release the component for the carresponding computer The Device configuration dialog window appears and informs you that the configuration of the X ray component has been successfully completed 6 Confirm this dialog by clicking the OA button 7 Close the Device configuration menu by clicking the Quit button The new X ray component appears in the device list of the menu Configuration of the X ray component 64 26 345 D3437 D3437
269. unit is ready for an exposure after the mage acquisition button has been pressed in the SIDEXIS XG service menu the corresponding service routine S002 6 S010 10 14 S011 8 and 030 5 is displayed on the control panel All of these service routines allow the height adjustment menu to be opened by pressing the Test key The current unit height is displayed in selection field 1 in this menu You can then set the unit to the desired height using the UP DOWN keys on the control panel Press the Service key or the double arrow key Easypad or the arrow key above selection field 3 Multipad to exit the height adjustment menu General information about unit adjustment and calibration Start by checking the mechanical unit adjustment This step is a prerequisite for the subsequent adjustment and calibration of the unit Please adhere to the following order when adjusting and calibrating the system e Diaphragm e Radiation field 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 e Dose measurement e Sensor e jris e Shading e Distortion e Geometry Tip It may be helpful to use the SIDEXIS XG coloring function to evaluate the image Displays and help messages during adjustment calibration The most frequent help and status messages during calibration are listed below Help messages H3 01 Move unit to starting position press the R key H3 21 Close the door H3 23 Close swivel arm H3 24 Gettering in progress please wai
270. update if necessary If the error occurs repeatedly S gt 47 e Perform a software update bug fix E7 1114 Wrong remote control for this unit Install the correct remote control This error message blocks all unit If necessary obtain a new remote control functions To continue to work with from the manufacturer this unit you must unplug the sarnote conital and restai theunit A remote control for another Sirona unit or a third party manufacturer unit may have been connected E7 1115 A diaphragm not suitable for the e Run service routine S017 25 to modify the S diaphragm configuration was diaphragm configuration as appropriate detected by the unit for the installed diaphragm E111 19 No image data available e Check TDI signal Synchronized readout S gt 324 sequence cable L13 replace cable L13 if necessary e Replace board DX89 S gt 303 e Replace board DX1 S gt 303 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 95 see E111 20 The calibration data on the unit is Calibrate the unit invalid or does not match the serial if the error occurs again and no modules were S gt 303 numbers of the modules replaced e Replace board DX11 a If the error occurs again and modules were replaced e This error is a sequential fault watch for additional causal error messages and take the respective action E2 11 22 The default iris table is write e Check the software version
271. update if necessary S gt 203 E5 14 04 The network connection was interrupted This error often occurs if SIDEXIS XG is selected before the unit is ready for selection the error occurs repeatedly Acknowledge error and quit service domain on unit and in SIDEXIS XG Restart the unit Switch off the unit Wait 1 minute Switch unit on Repeat procedure and check function S gt 203 Perform network diagnosis with the S gt 47 support of the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC and check the setting of the network card if necessary again seeking assistance from the Sirona Customer Service Center Checksum offload for patient names with 15 characters with several network cards preferably for onboard systems Check and if necessary replace network components PC network card Cat5 cable hub switch router media converter L25 26 Check the software versions of the unit on the info screen or by running service routine S008 2 and XG3D_plugin and perform software update if necessary E6 14 05 Service of DHCP server is not available Have network configuration of dental practice checked by the administrator in charge Ensure proper functioning of the DHCP server E6 14 06 The bootline of board DX11 had to e Reconfiguration of network data via be preassigned with default values SiXABCon required 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 103 se E6
272. upports an automatic update gt 51 option The dialog box for selecting the installation source opens Click on the button with the 3 dots The dialog box for selecting the update file opens are jiha a Software upire T Select opatallatess pouer Seller ritallaisan source neon image ie VervODOL erat IRONS ee eGR Pak UPDATE IMA fe A ve eT Mii Li pera w Pichures z Hame i Cale mooferd Type 4 E Yates EJ CO PEK UPDATE IMAGE 041700 9u8 Aven AM SUNFile jE Ceenpuber toca Dk 5 fb SPecyele Ben E Boot fh Occurments and Settings Select the desired update file from the list and confirm the selection with the Open button 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 4 General operating procedures 4 2 Updating the firmware 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 The update file is located on the unit software CD It is delivered with each DX11 replacement board and also included in the country set The contents of the CD can be downloaded from the Dealer domain of the SIRONA Internet home page under Products Imaging systems www sirona com if cio ewer a Software updat 4 Software update Seiect installation educe Select installation source Automatic Main version Module update Next Choose the file that should be used for software update and confirm siron
273. us operation 100 W Tungsten 7MA 85 kV 0 14 mA 40 C 70 C 40 F 158 F 39 X ray tube Minimum requirements for reconstruction PC included in the scope of supply Minimum requirements for SIDEXIS visualization PC not included in the scope of supply Network Chassis X ray tube assembly 40 Detector Air humidity Admissible operating temperature Operating altitude Toshiba DF 151R or Siemens SR 120 15 60 Processor RAM Hard disks Operating system External drive See SIDEXIS XG Operator s Manual The system requirements are also listed under www sidexis com Network Communication interface 30 C 55 C 22 F 131 F 10 95 without condensation from 10 C to 35 C 50 F 95 F lt 3000 m DualCore from 2 GHz 4 GB RAM gt 500 GB Windows XP Professional SP3 or Windows 7 Professional 1x DVD ROM dual layer 100 MB Ethernet 1 Gbit Ethernet recommended RJ45 for LAN cable GALILEOS Comfort PLUS Model designation Nominal voltage Permissible fluctuation Permissible drop under load Rated current Nominal power output Current time product Nominal frequency Internal line impedance Main building fuse Power consumption Focal spot size acc to IEC 60336 measured in the central X ray beam kV mA Pulsed mode GALILEOS ComfortPLUS 200 V 240 V 10 10 6 A 0 6 kW at 98 kV 6mA 30 mAs 50
274. ust be installed as part of the update Exposure readiness must be deselected in SIDEXIS XG and the unit must not already be in service mode 10 Click the Start SW update button The update is started A message box informs you when the update process is completed 11 Confirm the update by clicking the OA button 4 A message in the software manager notifies you that a unit restart is required to activate the software update you performed NOTICE Effectiveness of the software update The unit must be restarted after every software update The new DX11 version will not run until the unit has been rebooted see also chapter Measures following replacement of boards gt 306 Any errors with the consecutive numbers 01 03 04 06 or 07 displayed immediately following the software update may be ignored If these messages appear again after the unit is rebooted perform troubleshooting as described in the section entitled Error messages gt 79 If anything conspicuous occurs in connection with unit handling on completion of the software update and restart of the unit please repeat the software update as the first measure 12 Click on the Show logfile button and use the log files to check whether the update was successfully performed If it features entries such as Update of DXxx failed please perform the update again Repeat this procedure as often as necessary until the failed messages no longer
275. vice Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS DX1 J306 J307 DX6 J2 J3 e a DX pom DX1 X104 DX7 X102 DX1 X302 DX7 X103 DX7 DX71 DX1 J309 64 26 345 D3437 24 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 Unit description Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS 3 2 Hardware E DX89 X201 l rn DX1 X500 L16_P2000 5922625 t So q x lt y x a L13 L27 L28 DX7 DX71 Cable L28 cannot be replaced 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 25 3 Unit description Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 3 2 Hardware Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS DX1 J901 DX1 X303 L117 X103 o el X X S 3 z 5 L25 L26 Ee g Media Konverter 64 26 345 D3437 26 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 3 Unit description Si
276. ware update is possible and perform such an update if necessary 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 E6 42 07 TTP timeout error detected on Check the CAN bus S gt 121 SNeelce e Check power supply 3 3 V of board S gt 303 The module was temporarily not DX11 replace board DX1 or DX11 if addressed by the master necessary Snoen otage on Me Master ice Check the signal path from board DX1 to Procedure error in the software board DX42 replace module if necessary Master DX11 receives no return Replace board DX42 commanding from the module This error may also occur in connection with other causal error messages Please also observe the causal error message It appears only after you acknowledge the first error message TTP Time Trigger Protocol E6 42 08 General fault detected locally on e Check software versions on the info S gt 203 module slave side CAN controller screen or by running service routine S gt 47 being reinitialized S008 2 perform software update if l i Occurs if software of boards is NORE S gt 121 incompatible Check the CAN bus S gt 303 Replace board DX42 Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E7 42 10 Module is stuck in bootloader stage Check board DX42 note LED states S gt 127 If the board remains in
277. which can be queried by running service routine S017 5 or via the Extended Details in SiXABCon has a configuration other than 00 this configuration will be copied to board DX7 by the update function No further action is required Ea e Switch the unit on S gt 47 Update the unit software to version V04 12 00 or higher Switch the unit on S gt 47 Update the unit software to version V04 12 00 or higher Restore the configuration data of S gt 209 board DX89 by using service routine S009 7 309 9 Repair Sirona Dental Systems GmbH 9 12 Boards Service Manual as of February 2013 GALILEOS After changing the DX11 board Case A e New DX11 e GALILEOS Comfort e GALILEOS Comfort PLUS e Unit software version V04 12 00 or higher NOTICE After a new DX11 is inserted the IP address is initially reset to the factory setting Before you set the unit to a new IP address make sure that the IP address you re assigning has not been assigned to any other unit 1 Switch the unit on Do not acknowledge any error messages at this time 2 Install the current version of the SIDEXIS software V2 5 6 or higher If the current version of SIDEXIS is a patch version the previous official main version of SIDEXIS XG must be installed before you can install the current version 3 Update the software to version V04 12 00 or higher via automatic update gt 47 4 If multiple units are installed in a single
278. witch unit on Repeat procedure and observe causal error messages Please contact the Sirona Customer Service Center CSC to find out whether a bug fix by means of a software update is possible and perform such an update if necessary E4 13 29 Inaccurate start position at the start of exposure Check the ring drive mechanism manually for smooth and easy running replace the ring motor or mechanism if necessary Check light barrier V1_3 X804 replace if necessary S gt 261 S gt 132 S gt 302 E4 13 30 98 No height adjustment motor pulses Check cable L16 X402 replace if necessary e Check board DX1 replace if necessary Check filter between height adjustment motor and L16 acc to circuit diagram on filter current and voltage replace if necessary S gt 133 S gt 324 S gt 127 S gt 303 e Check height adjustment motor incl pulse S gt 131 generator replace if necessary S gt 250 Replace board DX1 S gt 303 64 26 345 D3437 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 Error code ES 13 31 Error code E5 13 32 Error code ES 13 33 Error code E5 13 34 64 26 345 D3437 Unit has traveled to upper limit e Check max travel height with service S gt 232 switch routine S018 2 adjust if necessary e Run HA motor in the other direction with the Up Down keys and reference value approx 1 500 e Check light barriers V1_4
279. y for exposure 151 gt Press the release button Press and hold down the button until the exposure is complete the preview image is displayed in the exposure window and the acoustic signal that indicates the end of the exposure double beep sounds if it has been configured Save values J The adjustment or calibration must be correct gt To save the adjustment or calibration values click the Save values button The adjustment or calibration is saved The saved adjustment or calibration is identified in the structure tree by a check mark or a green traffic light Test phantoms for adjustment and calibration Distortion phantom IMPORTANT With GALILEOS Comfort LUS With GALILEOS Comfort the distortion phantom delivered with the device must be used Distortion phantoms with a serial number lt 3001 may not be used for the calibration of GALILEOS ComfortPLUS You must clip the distortion phantom onto the X ray detector cover for the radiation field check and for the distortion calibration This phantom must be removed again for all other calibration steps Geometry phantom IMPORTANT Make sure that the phantom is securely fastened and in an upright position in the bite block holder of the unit 64 26 345 D3437 152 D3437 076 03 02 02 04 2013 7 Adjusting and calibrating the unit 7 1 General information about unit adjustment and calibration Sirona Dental Systems GmbH Service Manua

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

UM10485 120 V (AC) 7 W GU10 buck LED driver reference board    guide de recherche d`informations en génie de la conception  USER MANUAL    User Guide  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file